Africa Described.
London:
Printed by A. & R. Spottiswood,
New-Street-Square.
Ascension I.
South Atlantic
S.Helena
Ocean
30 20 Longitude West 10 0
Drawn by A. Arrowsmith
Pu[Gap in transcription—1 lineflawed-reproduction]
Africa Described,
in its
Ancient and present State;
Including Accounts From
Bruce, Ledyard, Lucas, Horneman, Park,
Salt, Jackson, Sir F. Henniker, Belzoni,
the Portuguese Missionaries, and Others,
down to the recent discoveries by
Major Denham, Dr. Oudney, and
Captain Clapperton.
Intended for the Use of Young Persons and Schools.
By .
[Gap in transcription—omitted1 line]London:
Printed for
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green,
Paternoster-Row.
18281828.
Africa Described.
Introductory Chapter.
In venturing to offer a description of the known
parts of the great continent of Africa, within the
compass of a single volume, the compiler enters
upon a task of no common difficulty, and is evidently
called upon to supply by perspicuity and
arrangement the deficiencies of detail. It is her
earnest desire to omit no material fact, to obtain
the truths elicited by the controversies of the
learned without recording their arguments, and to
concentrate the knowledge drawn from abundant
sources, in such a manner as to preserve the reader
from being wearied on the one hand by dry delineations,
or dissatisfied on the other by vague information
and insufficient elucidation. Aware that
the memory will cherish with most tenacity those
facts and circumstances which awaken sensibility
and employ the reasoning faculties, she thinks it
advisable to blend, with a description of the country,
such leading traits of its history as may interest
the heart and excite a laudable curiosity on
B
B1v
2
subjects so important. Conscious that her sources
of knowledge are of unquestionable authority, and
that her industry in the task of examination and
selection has been laboriously exercised, she ventures
to hope that the following pages will be found
to comprise as much and as various information
as a work so circumscribed could be expected to
contain.
In order to facilitate these views of the subject,
the work will be divided into five distinct parts:—
- I. The geographical boundaries and divisions of
Africa and its ancient kingdoms. - II. The present state of Egypt, Nubia, and
Abyssinia. - III. The present state of the countries bordering
on the Mediterranean, together with an account of
expeditions by the Portuguese in Africa, &c. - IV. Voyages and Travels on the Western Coast
and the Interior of Africa. - V. The Southern Parts and the Islands of
Africa
Part I.
The Geographical Boundaries and Divisions ofAfrica, and its Ancient Kingdoms.
Chap. I.
Boundaries of Africa.—The earliest voyages for discovery.—
Kingdom of Egypt.—Nile.—Productions of Egypt.—Ancient
cities.—Alexandria, Canopus, &c.—Upper Egypt,
Thebes, &c.—Religion.—Historical Records.—Sesostris.
—Ptolemy.—Cleopatra.—Roman conquest.— Arab conquest,
&c.
The great Continent of Africa (which is a peninsula)
was not considered by the ancients as a
third part of the world, but held to be a portion of
Europe, nor is it known at what period that honour
was assigned to it.
For a long time the Phœnicians (unquestionably
the most enterprising navigators of the old world)
contented themselves with exploring those countries
bordering on the Mediterranean, and even
when they ventured beyond the Straits of Gibraltar,
this country was not their object. The
B2
B2v
4
Egyptians, notwithstanding their high character as
a scientific and warlike people, appear to have
manifested little inclination for investigating that
country where they were the crown from which
emanated light and honour. It is probable that
their vicinity to Asia rendered that quarter the
greater object of attention; and the similarity of
their ancient mythology with that of Hindostan
renders it probable that, in very remote times, there
was intercourse between these countries. The
voyages undertaken, and the few facts ascertained,
we shall lay before our readers.
With all the aids of navigation, that sense of
power which is the soul of enterprise, and that ardent
curiosity natural to a state of highly-cultivated
and enlightened society, the moderns have
yet not been able to investigate much of the interior
of Africa; and an immense tract of country,
peopled by various nations, still lies hidden from
those who have discovered a new world, and traversed
it in almost every direction. Caravans for
the purposes of commerce cross many parts of this
difficultly-explored country, and have done so for
many centuries; but they have excluded strangers
from the power of sharing or bestowing those advantages
which general intercourse is calculated
to bestow.
To the Portuguese we are more indebted for
knowledge of Africa than any other people, more
especially in the western and southern coasts; but
B3r
5
to the African Association of England we owe
nearly all that is known of the interior, their efforts
being aided by several enlightened individuals who
have resided as consuls at various sea-ports in
Africa. The French have been unquestionably
the best geographers of this continent, and in
Egypt were diligent explorers and learned expositors
of its mysteries.
The natural and acknowledged limits of this
quarter of the globe, are more decidedly defined
than those of Asia and Europe. It is bounded on
the north by the Mediterranean sea, which divides
it from Europe; on the east, by the Isthmus
of Suez, the Red Sea, and the Indian Ocean,
which divide it from Asia; on the south, by the
Southern Ocean; and on the west by the great
Atlantic Ocean, which separates it from America.
As the equator divides Africa almost in the middle,
and the greatest part of it lies within the tropics,
the heat is in many places almost insupportable
to an European, especially where the rays of
the sun fall on burning sands. Dr. Shaw justly
observes, “that wherever the soil is humid, the
heat will produce fertility; where it is not, it will
reduce it to powder.” Snow is rarely seen in
Africa, and of ice, as a solid body, the inhabitants
can form no idea; but thin incrustations of it are
sometimes found.
The most considerable rivers in Africa are the
Nile, the Niger or Kowara (called also the Jid
B3
B3v
6
and the Joulihah), the Senegal, the Gambia, and
the Rio Grande. Some authors consider the two
first as being, in fact, the same river; the three last
have formed the principal objects for which many
of our late travellers have set out in order to ascertain
their course, and how far they were capable of
being navigated; but hitherto much suffering has
been endured, and many valuable lives lost, without
attaining any important advantage. To the ancients
these rivers were either wholly unknown, or
so vaguely spoken of as to throw no light on the
subject; but the celebrity of the Nile is such as to
demand our particular attention, as one of the
most remarkable features of Africa, of which many
are still hidden from us.
The Nile rises in the mountains of the Moon,
in Abyssinia, after many windingswinding passes through
the Lake of Dembea, crosses the country of Nubia
and enters Egypt at Syene; through which
country it proceeds, dividing it into two parts, and
having received innumerable streams in its course,
empties itself by seven months into the Mediterranean
in lat. 31° 25′ N. To the overflowings of
this river Egypt is indebted for that fertility so
long celebrated, and an appearance of beauty at
two different seasons, said to be unparalleled by
the travellers who have witnessed it.
The learned Pocock observes, “that the north
winds are the cause of its overflow. They begin
to blow about the latter end of May, and drive the
B4r
7
clouds formed by the vapours of the Mediterranean
southward, as far as the mountains of Ethiopia,
which, stopping their course, they condense, and
fall in violent rains. It is said that at this time
not only men, from their reason, but beasts by a
sort of instinct, leave the mountains. The wind,
which is the cause of the rise of the Nile, driving the
clouds against those hills, is also the cause of it in
another respect, as it drives in the water from the
sea, and keeps back the waters of the river in such
a manner as to raise the waters above.”
When these torrents of rain fall in Abyssinia,
the waters of the Nile become of a reddish tincture,
and must be purified before they are drank. This
takes place at the summer solstice. The Nile continues
rising till the end of August, and even
September, officers being appointed to examine
the progress, which is daily proclaimed in Grand
Cairo by criers, and, as a matter of public interest,
has formed from age to age the news of the day.
When it has risen to sixteen cubits, great rejoicings
take place, as it is then equal to that which is required,
and will fill those innumerable canals by
which the land of Egypt is irrigated, and which are
said to owe their origin to the Patriarch Joseph,
who thus guarded against the return of that
famine witnessed during his administration. The
Nilometer was originally at Halovan near Memphis,
and since then at Elephantine, where it has been
seen within a short space by various travellers.
The most considerable mountains in Africa are
the Atlas, a ridge extending from the Western
Ocean, to which it gives the name of the Atlantic
(deriving its own from a king of Mauritania, who
used to observe the stars from its summit, on which
account the poets represent him as bearing the
heavens on his shoulders). The mountains of the
Moon, between Abyssinia and Monomotapa, are
still higher than those of the Atlas. Those of
Sierra Leone, or the mountain of the Lions,
divide Nigritia from Guinea, and extend to Ethiopia.
They are subject to dreadful storms of thunder and
lightning, and thence called by the ancients, the
mountains of God. The Peak of Teneriffe,
formed like a sugar-loaf, is situated on an island
near the coast.
There is but one strait in Africa, which is that
of Babel-Mandel, which connects the Red Sea with
the Indian Ocean. Its harbours are numerous, and,
in general, considered deep, safe, calm, and sheltered,
and capable of being rendered impregnable
by fortification. It possesses ten thousand miles
of sea-coast, noble rivers, penetrating to the heart
of the country, communicating in some instances
with extensive lakes; yet with these advantages, as
the means of commerce, and abundance of natural
products for the acquirement of wealth, we find
B5r
9
this magnificent country destitute of shipping,
trade, and merchants. Immense tracts are indeed
yet unexplored; but it is certain they are not
inhabited by a more civilized people than those
already visited, and in those parts once inhabited
by powerful nations (long the rivals, though eventually
the subjects of the Roman power,) little
remains to evince their former greatness, and still
less to indicate that enlightened mind and intellectual
energy which give promise of renovation.
The inhabitants of this continent may be divided
into the Moors and Arabs, who are Mahometans,
the black population, who are Pagans (called by
the former Kafirs, as a term of reproach), a mixture
of Christians in Abyssinia and the sea-coast of the
Mediterranean, and a number of Jews in those
cities where any merchandize is carried on. The
principal commerce of this degraded portion of the
globe is, unhappily, with its own children, who are
sold as slaves through every possible medium. Age
after age have their sighs been borne over their
arid deserts, their tears mingled with the surrounding
ocean, and human suffering, or human life,
been alike the sport of a spirit of tyranny apparently
inherent in the very soil of Africa.
According to the statements of those excellent
French geographers, M. d’Anville and M. Malte
Brun, to whose accurate investigation and indefatigable
labours we are indebted for an incalculable
improvement in our maps and charts, especially in
B5
B5v
10
this country, the following table comprises the
divisions of ancient Africa.
- Egyptus Inferior towards the sea, containing
Alexandria near the Lake Mareatis, Nicopolis
(Aboukir), Canopus Raschid (Rosetta), Tamiathis
(Damietta), Pelusium, Babylon (Old Cairo, and
the Pyramids. - Egyptus Superior with Arcadia, contained
Abydos (Madfane, the Oasis Magna (El-Wah),
Tentyra (Dendera), Thebes, which including
Luxor was 27 miles in circumference, and ruined
by Cambyses; Syene or Assouan, the last town in
Egypt. Below this are the small cataracts; the
great ones are in Ethiopia (Nubia, and Abyssinia). - Barca, a part of Libya, (now a province of
Fezzan), Libya,containing two countries, Cyrenaica
and Marmarica; the former called Pentapolis, from
containing five cities. - Tripolis, so called from having three cities on
the coast, Sabrata (Sabart), Æa (Tripoli), Leptis
(in ruins); it lies between Syrtis Major, or gulf of
Cubes, and Syrtis Minor, gulf of Sidra. - Africa Propira (Tunis), containing Carthage
and Utica. - Numidia, containing two nations the Massili
and the Massæili (governed by Syphax and
Massinissa): capital, Cirtha (Constantinia). - Mauritania (Fez and Morocco) including
B6r
11
Tingitana and chief part of Mauritania Cesariensis,
containing Tangiers, Sallee, cities; the Mountain
Atlas, and the rock Abydos.
The first attempt of which we read to discover
more of Africa is given by Herodotus, who informs
us that certain Phœnicians employed by Necho,
king of Egypt, set sail from the Red Sea, and continued
to navigate the exterior coast of Africa for
two years and part of a third, after which time
they arrived at the pillars of Hercules (Calpe and
Abyla, the straits of Gibraltar), and sailed up the
Mediterranean to Egypt. The particulars recorded
of this voyage have given rise to various discussions
among the learned; but modern geographers agree
in the probability of the facts related.
After this, Sataspes, a Persian nobleman condemned
to death, commuted for his sentence by
undertaking a similar voyage; but the hardships he
encountered soon induced him to abandon the design.
Eudoxus, a native of Cyzicus, a man of ability
and enterprise, at another period undertook the
task of exploring Africa, both internally and exteriorly,
and set out with every probability of success.
He sailed down the Mediterranean, remained some
time at Cadiz, and from thence went to Mauritania,
where he experienced many disasters; and the account
given of his voyage by Strabo, leaves him
precisely at that point when his observations might
have afforded some light on the subject.
The most memorable voyage of antiquity is that
performed by Hanno the Carthaginian. The armament
fitted out on this occasion consisted of
sixty vessels, in which were embarked nearly 30,000
persons. After passing the straits, they reached
in two days’ sail from thence an extensive plain,
where they founded a city; after which, in two days’
sail, they found a cape, on which they erected a
temple to Neptune. They then sailed round a bay,
and on emerging from it, founded successively four
cities. Their next course was past a great river,
after which they reached a desert coast; passing
which they reached an island, where they founded
a colony, and named it Cerne. After this they
arrived at another bay, found several rivers and
islands, one of which was filled with crocodiles and
hippopotami. Returning to Cerne, they sailed
southward by the coast of Ethiopia, passed a wooded
promontory, and a gulf in which were several
islands. Here an extraordinary phenomenon arrested
their attention: the coast, which appeared
covered with wood, and in which silence reigned
during the day, at night emitted sounds of innumerable
voices, the clangor of cymbals, and musical
instruments. The succeeding shores showed a
greater wonder, as the land appeared all on fire;
and one object struck them particularly, as a fire at
night mingling with the stars, but in the daytime
proved to be a high mountain, which they named
the chariot of the gods. Leaving these fearful
B7r
13
shores, they entered another bay, and found there
inhabitants of human form, but covered with hair,
and extremely inhospitable. Beyond this region
they could not proceed for want of provision.
In the opinion of Major Rennell, this remarkable
expedition proceeded beyond Sierra Leone, and he
considers it a regular and faithful account of the
coast. The nocturnal fires and symphonies are
common in all the negro states, and the flames
which in another part swept over a wide extent of
country, were occasioned by a common practice of
setting fire at a certain time to grass and shrubs,
whilst the last marvellous circumstances is accounted
for from the animals we call oran-outang happening
to be in numbers near the coast. M. Gosselin
considers that the expedition did not reach so distant
a part.
We learn from the sacred historians, that the
eastern side of Africa was explored at an early
period for the value of its gold and ivory; but this
branch of commerce, it appears, was discontinued
even at an early period, and entirely lost, and
although Safala has been long considered as the
Ophir mentioned by Solomon, doubts exist on the
subject.
The next attempts to explore Africa, of which
we have any authentic records, are the two expeditions
of Cambyses to the south and west of Egypt.
One of these armies perished from the want of provisions;
the other was completely lost, being overwhelmed,
B7v
14
it is believed, by the sands of the desert.
Alexander tempted the same fate, when he set out
for the temple of Jupiter Ammon on the Oasis of
the desert, but he had the good fortune to succeed in
his object. Under the reigns of the Ptolemies, efforts
were undoubtedly made to examine the interior of
Africa, but we have no annals on the subject.
The rise of the Mahometan power, by which
hosts of Saracen invaders were thrown into Africa,
amongst whom were many men of not less intellect
than enterprise, promised to give the world that
view into the interior of Africa which neither
Egypt, Carthage, nor Rome had obtained, notwithstanding
their past power and greatness. This appeared
the more probable, because a spirit of commerce
was prevalent, and caravans in various directions
penetrated those trackless deserts, hitherto
considered insurmountable barriers, in which nature
herself had said to man, “Hitherto shalt thou go,
but no further.” It was not, however, till the beginning
of the seventeenth century that any history
of the interior was published in Europe, when John
Leo (commonly called Leo Africanus) translated an
account of his own travels, and the knowledge he
had obtained from others, into the Italian language.
Previous to this time we had heard from the Arabian
writers, that numerous nations were seated on
the banks of the Niger, called by them the Nile of
the Negroes, of which Ghana and Wangana were
the principal. They also spoke of Kuku, but not
B8r
15
Bornou, whereas Leo mentions this place by its
modern name; also Tombuctoo, since then the object
of so much enquiry, as a large, wealthy city
and country, the seat of merchandize to many
nations. His discoveries were followed closely by
those of the Portuguese fathers, who travelled to
Abyssinia, and were preceded by navigators on the
western coast, to whose labours we shall hereafter
turn. At present, we must enter on the task of examining
Ancient Africa, and shall begin with its
most important country.
To this extraordinary land, the pride not only of
Africa but of the ancient world, as the parent of
those arts which soften and ennoble existence, and
of that legislature which renders man a sociable
and virtuous being, we turn with that satisfaction
its present situation forbids us to enjoy. This
emotion is felt the more strongly, because the memorials
of this country have, at a still more early
period of its history, been imprinted on our minds
by the sacred penman. In awakening the sweetest
affections of our hearts, and gratifying the most
laudable curiosity of our nature, Moses has imprinted
indelibly on our minds the remembrance of
Egypt, in its greatness and its humiliation, its
power and its punishment. We have pursued with
B8v
16
anxious hearts the steps of the enslaved Joseph,
his advancement to greatness, his affecting forgiveness
of injury, the settlement of his brethren, the
captivity of their descendants, and their wonderful
emancipation through the immediate assistance of
Heaven, and our minds still linger enquiringly after
the land which witnessed such miracles, and suffered
such inflictions.
Egypt is a valley about six hundred miles long,
watered by the Nile, which, after running near a
thousand miles, falls into the sea by seven mouths.
It is enclosed on either side by barren sandy deserts;
but Egypt itself is singularly fruitful, for
which it is indebted to this wonderful river, whose
gifts have been so far aided by the industry of man,
that it is said not less that six hundred canals have
been cut, in different directions, to irrigate the soil,
and distribute that warm slime which the Nile, at
its annual overflow, deposits on the land. Three
branches constitute this wonderful stream, according
to Eratosthenes, but in general two only are
named; the Blue River, which first makes a circuit
through Abyssinia, and then flows through the
plains of Sennaar, the sources of which were
visited by the Jesuits Paez and Teller, and since
then by Mr. Bruce; and the White River, Bahr-
el-Abiad, which is considered the true Nile, the
source of which lies to the south of Darfoor. At
three different places, on its way to Egypt, the Nile
is interrupted by intervening rocks, which occasion
B9r
17
what are called the Cataracts: the most remarkable
is at Syene, after which the river flows peaceably
into that country, which we find so immediately
connected with the Nile, that it is impossible to
touch on the one without recurring to the other.
Upper Egypt was called by the ancients the Thebaid,
because Thebes was its capital; it is now
called Said, and includes the provinces of Thebes,
Djirdjed, and Siast. (The moderns describe a part
called the Vostani as Middle Egypt.) Lower
Egypt, which is the maritime part of the country,
is the most populous, and was formerly the most
important. It includes that portion of land called
the Delta, from the divisions of the Nile forming
that Greek letter, and which is considered the most
fruitful in the country. In this country it never
rains, or so seldom, that a slight shower is a wonder,
and by no means held to be desirable. The air is
singularly pure, and during our winter months
their grain is rising in strength and beauty; and
from the earliest times we know that they abounded
in wheat, barley, beans, flax, mustard, anise, saffron-wood,
pumpkins, melons, lettuce, and the
finer fruits of the warm countries, although walnuts,
cherries, and almonds do not thrive here. Olive
plantations are only partially successful, but the
vine flourished in ancient Egypt. The fig of
Pharaoh, a kind of sycamore, was less valued for
the fruit than the shade it afforded. The lotos or
water lily, and the papyrus, have been much celebrated
B9v
18
by old writers. The Natron, or Bitter
Lakes, supply various useful productions, and the
coasts and rivers abound in fish of excellent qualities
and peculiar kind. As the natural productions
of Egypt remain nearly the same, and will be noticed
hereafter, we shall proceed to give a brief
account of its ancient greatness, religion, and history,
beginning in the usual order from the coast,
and proceeding to the interior.
Lower Egypt at one time, probably, boasted
more cities than any country, of the same extent,
upon the face of the earth; but we have reason to
believe that the accounts transmitted us from old
writers were exaggerated. It is at least certain,
that the slightest remains of many cannot be traced,
and that the sites pointed out could not afford
foundation for more than a paltry village. In this
survey we can only notice the most remarkable, as
connected with historic details, peculiar magnificence,
or commercial importance.
Alexandria, founded by the conqueror whose
name it bears, was built on a sandy stripe of land,
formed by the sea against an ancient mole, connecting
the isle of Pharos with the continent.
From all that remains, we are led to conceive it
almost unequalled in its character of a magnificent
and convenient city, alike calculated for the emporium
of commerce, the splendours of royalty, and
the means of defence. The walls of the city were
B10r
19
built in hewn stone, and enclosed all the buildings
except the palaces. Two magnificent streets, one
hundred feet wide, crossing each other at right
angles, appear to have formed the principal part
of the city, which contained numerous temples,
theatres, baths, a noble tavern, an extensive gymnasium,
and cisterns of such strength and magnitude,
for containing the waters of the Nile, that
they form, at this day, an object of wonder and admiration.
They are filled from the canal of Canopus,
a work of great utility to the city, which
flows near the beautiful erection called Pompey’s
Pillar, of which we shall speak hereafter, as that,
together with the Needles of Cleopatra, are objects
of modern curiosity.
Alexandria contained also a splendid academy
and museum, and a library of unparalleled extent,
which received from time to time such additions as
to render the collection not less than 700,000
volumes; an amazing collection, when we remember
that they were all manuscript. There was an
adjoining suburb, called the Necropolis, or City
of the Dead, where the honours paid to the departed,
by all the Egyptians, were exhibited in
noble monuments; and in the costly and luxurious
palaces every means by which wealth and
taste could be shown were undoubtedly displayed.
The burial-place of the kings was near the palace;
and here the body of Alexander the Great
B10v
20
was deposited, in a coffin of gold, placed within
a sarcophagus, which is at this time in the
British Museum. Alexandria had two fine harbours,
and various docks for shipping: the sea
washed it on the north, the lake Mareotis to the
south. The celebrated lighthouse, called the Pharos,
was built upon an island of that name, which,
being united to the land, renders itself a promontory,
and still serves as a lighthouse to the entrance
of the harbour or roadstead, which is dangerous
for vessels approaching the city. After Alexandria
was reduced to the Roman power, it declined
rapidly, but resumed some power and considerable
commerce under the earlier caliphs, being admirably
situated as the mart of Asiatic and Mediterranean
merchandise: but the discovery of the Cape
of Good Hope as a passage to India, deprived it of
all its highest advantages. Glass and cloth are manufactured
here, senna and saffron cultivated in the
neighbourhood; and it is still a busy, though a
deeply-humbled place, the shadow of its former
greatness.
Alexandria was built near the site of Rhacotis,
which was considered one of its suburbs. This
city was surrounded by a district called Bucolia,
famous for its flocks and herds, and frequently referred
to by the ancient poets.
Aboukir, the ancient Canopus; Rosetta, formerly
Raschid; and Tamiathis, now Damietta, are all
sea-ports on the mouths of the Nile. The last
named was destroyed in the time of the crusades.
On the eastern side of the lake of Menzaleh (the
ancient Tanis) lie the ruins of Pelusium, and on
the south side those of the city of Tanis.
Old Cairo, or El-Kahara, is now reduced to a
narrow compass; it lies on the right bank of the
Nile, and is most remarkable for containing those
granaries built by the patriarch Joseph, as mentioned
in the Scriptures: they consist of square
courts, built about fifteen feet high, open at the
top, and strengthened with buttresses. They were,
in the first instance, built of stone, but have been
repaired frequently with brick. This town is said
to be built by Amrou, near the site of Babylon,
for the purpose of besieging the latter, which was,
unquestionably, in the days of Alexander, the chief
town in Egypt, but of which scarcely a vestige remains,
so completely have the prophecies concerning
it been fulfilled.
New, or Grand Cairo, which was built in the
year 0973973, will be noticed in our review of the present
state of Egypt, as will also those prodigious
erections, the Pyramids, since, although they are
so ancient as to be recognized by the oldest profane
writers, we can throw no light on the founders,
beyond that attained by modern labours. Besides
the great Pyramids, near Djizeh, which, with the
B11v
22
Sphinx, have been objects of attention so many
ages, as we ascend the Nile to Sakhara, there are
many Pyramids, formed of brick, which are dispersed
over a line of eleven miles, at the foot of
which chain, M. Malte Brun says, the ancient
Memphis once stood, “rubbish of its immense
buildings extending to Mitrahenos.”
Vostani, or Middle Egypt, contains the province
of Arsinoe, the lake Moeris, spoken of by
Strabo, and supposed to be an artificial excavation,
formed by a king of that name. Some fine ruins
of the city of Arsinoe attest its former splendour;
and Faioom and Benisooef, the remaining provinces,
give proof, in their present state, of the
riches and population the country may have enjoyed
in times past. In this district was situated the
Labyrinth, celebrated in antiquity for containing
three thousand chambers. Many remains of Greek
towns, with fragments of statues and other sculpture,
are found here; and it is the opinion of some
persons learned on the subject, that Mr. Belzoni
did actually find the Labyrinth, although he does
not himself believe that he was so fortunate. A
canal, believed to be the work of the patriarch
Joseph, passes through this country; and in the
lapse of so many centuries, has brought an accumulation
of sand by which many great works are unquestionably
buried; but the marbles and granite
found on the surface attest the value of what lies
below.
We now enter on Upper Egypt, of which
Djirdjez is now the capital, and passing Tentyra
(now called Dendera), find there splendid remains
of the power and the mythology of ancient Egypt.
The Nile here forms a great bend to the east, and
presents, on the elbow nearest the Red Sea, the
ancient Cenopesis: after this, we come to Luxor
and Karnak, to the wonder and pride of the land.
Thebes is so decidedly the glory of Upper
Egypt, and displays ruins of such an unparalleled
character for grandeur and extent, that no other
place can be brought into competition with it. It
was called the City of Jupiter, was twenty-seven
miles in circumference, and its palaces, gates, and
statues have been celebrated by the most ancient
poets. Diodorus Siculus says, “there never was
a city which received so many offerings in silver,
gold, ivory, colossal statues, and obelisks.” It had
a statue, framed with such amazing mechanism, that
it hailed the rising sun with music expressive of
joy. The magnificent ruins of this city will be
noticed when we speak of the present appearance
and condition of Egypt. Hermanthis, another
ancient city with a fine temple, where some paintings
are still found in high preservation, is now
called Ermount. Near Assouan are found the remains
of Syene, which consist of marble columns
and a square building. Esneh, the last town in
Egypt, has some curious caverns; the remains of a
large temple is also found at Edfar, and we are
B12v
24
now within a short distance of the islands of Elephantine
and Philoe, which are covered with ruins,
evincing the former greatness of this people, and
their progress in art and science.
Previous to closing our account of the cities of
Egypt, we must observe that, before the building
of Alexandria, Babylon, Memphis, Thebes, and
Heliopolis have each been called its capital by ancient
authors. There were two cities of the last
name; one called On in the Scriptures, situated
near the Delta, where the village of Matareah now
stands, the other in Cœlo-Syria. In the former
Herodotus (the father of history) founded a school,
as did Plato, Lycurgus, and Solon. Here the year
was divided into twelve parts, and astronomy
studied not only by native philosophers, but Greeks
and learned men from other countries.
Gizeh, a town on the left bank of the Nile,
nearly opposite to Cairo, was supposed to be
planted on the site of Memphis, until the fallacy
was exposed by Norden, who asserts, “that no
persons so wise as the ancient Egyptians undoubtedly
were, would have founded a city in a place
subject to the overflowings of the Nile.” M.
Malte Brun, as we have already seen, places the
ruins of Memphis near the pyramids of Abusir. If
this was the capital when the Israelites were in
captivity, might they not be employed in rearing
these monuments, seeing we are expressly told that
they made bricks? Although their first occupations
C1r
25
were in the pasture lands, and there is a tradition
which places the finding of Moses by the princess
near Grand Cairo, yet it seems very probable, that
as the people multiplied, bodies of them might be
compelled to remove for the purpose of labouring
at these singular erections.
Whilst the people of Egypt, from the sea-coast
to the cataracts, were occupying their time and
riches in raising monuments of imperishable durability,
their religious idolatry was the most extensive
and degrading that ever entered the mind of
man. Osiris, the Bacchus of Egypt, was the principal
god, and worshipped, together with Isis, his
queen, whose face is represented in numerous
temples with an expression of great beauty and
softness; but to these, and other deities of human
form, were added beasts, fishes, reptiles, and herbs.
In some places the crocodile, an immense animal,
long considered peculiar to the Nile (of the lizard
form, and singularly hideous,) was adorned with
golden ornaments and worshipped; in other parts,
they were killed and eaten. Their mythology also
included a sacred bird called the Ibis, exalted to
divinity because it broke the eggs of this detestable
animal; so that nothing can be more absurd than
the nature of their worship, except it be the multitude
of their deities, in which, together with many
other peculiarities, they greatly resemble the
Hindoos.
In the study of philosophy, and more particularly
of astronomy, the Egyptians were eminent at a very
early period. The fineness of their climate, which
is considered unequalled, and their country, as being
a plain, facilitated their progress in this science, as
every mound or erection became an observatory,
and the unclouded heavens, beheld through the
purest atmosphere, revealed their golden worlds to
the enquiring eye without obstruction.
Their laws and customs were singular. The
monarch was absolute; but upon his death the
meanest subject had a right to reproach him for
error, by which means his successor learned an important
lesson, more especially as the dead were
held in high veneration, and every Egyptian desired
that honour should await him at that period when
he can no longer enjoy it. Every son was obliged
to be of the same trade or profession of his father,
whence great proficiency in all mechanic arts was
unquestionably induced, and, by the same rule, the
inspirations of superior talent and genius repressed.
But the most extraordinary and singular custom of
the Egyptians was that of giving preference to
women; since even the accordance of common consideration
for them as the weaker sex seems unknown
to all the nations around them. Diodorus
Siculus says “that in commemoration of the happiness
enjoyed by the Egyptians under the mild
government of Isis, they left to the women more
authority than the men; that the queens were more
C2r
27
honoured than the kings, and the influence of
women was greater in private life.” In the contracts
of marriage it was stipulated, “that the
woman should be mistress of her husband, who
should obey her in every particular.” Herodotus
says, “men work at the loom, while women go
abroad on affairs of commerce.” Larcher accounts
for this state of society, by informing us, “that the
king, Sesostris, seeing the people became exceedingly
populous, and fearing they would conspire
against him, obliged the men to employ themselves
in feminine occupations in order to enervate them.”
By the law women were obliged to provide for
their parents, but the men were not thus called
upon, which, under the circumstances of their insufficient
power, was certainly only an act of
justice.
The clothing of the ancient Egyptians accorded
with this unprecedented peculiarity; the men wore
two large vests, or shirts, only, with a shawl; whilst
the women were loaded with splendid ornaments,
over garments similarly formed. Both sexes were
remarkably cleanly, and their ablutions were performed
with religious exactness. Their priests
were judges also, and enjoyed great privileges,
having land and wine set apart for their use; but
they were forbidden to eat of fish. Into this order
the women, notwithstanding their many privileges,
were not permitted to intrude.
The history of this remarkable country, in its
early annals, is mixed with fabulous accounts, and
takes us back to dates almost as early and fallacious
as those of China. We can only cursorily observe,
that the name of Pharaoh seems to have been given
in addition to that of all their earlier kings, and
that of Ptolemy to their later. Of the first, Sesostris
was the most warlike and powerful on record;
but how far he extended his dominions cannot now
be even guessed at. He is conceived, by some
chronologers, to be the prince who took Jerusalem
in the reign of Rehoboam. A considerable lapse
of time after his death occurs of which we have no
records that can be relied on; but we find that, in
the time of Psammetichus, Egypt was again a warlike
state, and conquered Azotus in Syria, and that
he was a prince of ability and enquiry, as he sent
travellers to seek the source of the Nile. His son
is considered on just grounds to be the Pharaoh
Necho of the Scriptures, where the most remarkable
acts of his reign are recorded, as are those of
Apius, the Pharaoh-Haphra, whose misfortunes
were foretold by the prophet Jeremiah.
The succeeding reign was one of prosperity and
peace; but with the loss of Amasis, their sovereign,
the Egyptians experienced that of liberty, wealth,
and power; Cambyses, king of Persia, invaded
Egypt through Pelusium (which the sacred writings
C3r
29
term the “key of Egypt”), and in spite of the
efforts of Psamminitas, the son of Amasis, succeeded
in enslaving all Egypt. To this conqueror
the ruin of Thebes is attributed, as he appeared to
have a pleasure in all possible destruction, whether
of man or his works; and his cruelties were not less
remarkable than his conquests, which took place
about 525 years before the Christian era.
The Egyptians remained under all the misery of
an enforced and galling vassalage until the conquest
of Persia by Alexander the Great gave them
a powerful and generous sovereign, who took undisputed
possession of a country thankful for any
change that promised relief. Alexander had, indeed,
previous to overthrowing that dynasty, laid
the foundation of Alexandria, traversed the great
desert to the oasis on which stood the temple of
Jupiter Ammon, and compelled the intimidated
priest to proclaim him the son of that deity, so that
his triumph over Persia might be said to commence
in this country. This great conqueror died in
Babylon, which he had enriched and beautified, but
commanded his body to be removed to Alexandria.
After his death, Ptolemy Lagus became governor
of this and other countries, in trust for Alexander’s
son, and on the death of that infant retained the
possession of Egypt, and became to it an excellent
king. The prophecy of Ezekiel, “there shall be
no more a prince of the land of Egypt,” was thus
fulfilled; but the wisdom and virtue evinced by this
C3
C3v
30
Grecian general, as a sovereign, was certainly never
exceeded by his predecessors. Happily, he lived
to be eighty-five, and by his long reign restored
prosperity to the whole of Egypt, and gave to
Alexandria, which he made the capital, riches and
magnificence almost unequalled.
Ptolemy took the surname of Soter; and from
him descended a line of princes which held the
sovereignty nearly three hundred years, when it
became vested in Ptolemy Auletes, a weak, effeminate,
and wicked prince, whose subjects drove
him from the throne. The deposed prince appealed
to the Romans, who had now risen to such
power that they were made the universal arbiters,
and as they adopted his cause, he was soon reseated
on the throne. He died a few years after, leaving
a son and daughter, whom he desired to marry and
reign conjointly, such unions being neither illegal
nor unprecedented in the royal families of Egypt.
This princess was celebrated Cleopatra, who
had just entered her seventeenth year, and was remarkable
for her beauty, spirit, and accomplishments,
and therefore likely to aid a brother by no
means equally gifted, in managing a throne so
lately filled by a weak monarch, and surrounded by
a dissatisfied people.
The young couple in question alike refused to
marry or reign together; a war ensued, and whilst
C4r
31
success was dubious, Julius Cæsar entered Egypt
in quest of Pompey, with whom he was at war.
Cleopatra was young, beautiful, and accomplished;
she was aware of her own attractions, and
aware also, that the Roman arms, if engaged in her
behalf, would decide in her favour. Causing
herself to be wrapped in a blanket, she was carried
without suspicion into the tent of the great Roman
general, at whose feet she fell, pleading her cause
with tears, and an eloquence that was rendered
more irresistible from the surprise her presence occasioned,
and the fascinations of her person and
manners. Cæsar yielded to her entreaties: Ptolemy
was slain in the battle which ensued, and Cleopatra
became the sole and undisputed sovereign of
Egypt.
The taste and extravagance of this queen in her
style of living are unparalleled in history; and the
immense revenues exacted from fruitful Egypt
were found scarcely equal to her lavish expenditure.
She is said to have dissolved a pearl of immense
wealth in vinegar, which she swallowed in
the mere wantonness of profusion, and to have
taxed different provinces to supply different articles
of dress and jewels.
When she was about twenty-four years, it being
supposed that she had favoured Cassius, with whom
C4
C4v
32
the Roman government was at war, she was commanded
as a tributary princess to repair to Marc
Antony, then at Cilicia, and account to him for her
supposed misconduct.
Cleopatra was too wise to contend with that
power which seven years before had placed her on
the throne; but she remembered her former influence
over Cæsar, and knowing Antony to be a
man of pleasure not less than of war, prepared to
propitiate him by those attractions which were now
in their zenith. She obeyed the mandate, not as a
suppliant, but a queen and a beauty, whose genius
could aid the attractions of her power and her sex.
She sailed down the Cydnus in a magnificent galley,
the stern of which was covered with gold, whilst
the oars were of silver, and kept time to the music
of flutes and harps. The sails of this vessel were
of purple; and beneath a costly-embroidered canopy
the queen lay on a splendid couch, arrayed like
Venus, and surrounded by lovely children habited
like Cupids, who fanned her with feathers. Her
maids, clothed as Nereids and Graces, conducted
the vessel; and on either side the river innumerable
multitudes, scattering perfumes, and exulting in the
sight of their lovely sovereign, rent the air with
acclamations.
Antony was seated in the forum, administering
justice, when this brilliant spectacle approached his
residence, and found himself deserted by the people,
whom he finally followed. Cleopatra soon found
C5r
33
that her powers of seduction were not diminished.
Antony forgot his duty, his glory, his wife, his
country, in her society; and the witchery of her
luxurious entertainments, boundless expense, and
interesting conversation, bound him as by a spell
to Egypt. Once indeed he returned to Rome, and
his wife having died during his absence, he formed
a second engagement by marrying the sister of
Augustus Cæsar, with whom at that period he
might be said to divide the empire of the world.
Being drawn back to Cleopatra, his fate and hers
were sealed by their folly and vice. Augustus
commenced a war against him, which was unequally
maintained by the infatuated and enervated Antony,
who lost all his former glory in a battle at sea
when he had lingered too long with Cleopatra.
The queen had some time before built a tower,
in which she had amassed all her treasures, and on
learning that Antony was conquered, she hastily
repaired thither with only two of her maids.
When Antony arrived on the shore, he was told
that she was dead, and knowing her resolution
not to submit to the Romans, he could not doubt
the fact. Overwhelmed with shame and sorrow,
he hastily fell upon his sword; but being soon after
undeceived, he was carried to the tower, into the
window of which he was drawn up by Cleopatra
and her women, and had the melancholy satisfaction
of dying in her arms. The queen buried
him with her accustomed magnificence; but learningC5
C5v
34
that the victorious enemy were now approaching
the shore, she again ascended the tower, arrayed
herself in royal robes, and applied to her arm a
small serpent, the bite of which she knew to be fatal,
and which she had commanded to be sent to her
in a basket of figs.
Thus ended the dynasty of the Ptolemies; the
Romans took possession of the body of Cleopatra,
which they buried with that of Antony, taking her
two children captives, and her treasures to Rome.
From this time Alexandria and the whole land of
Egypt deteriorated, as a country ill governed and
ill at ease can never fail to do; but for a long time
it was found a most valuable granary and commercial
depôt to its conquerors, especially after the
division of the empire and the regal establishment
at Constantinople.
In 0642642 the Arabs, or Saracens, at this period
spreading their conquests on every side, and propagating
the new religion of Mahomet, entered
Egypt, which was subdued by Amru Ebu, the general
of the caliph (or sultan) Omra. This conqueror
committed dreadful ravages in Alexandria
(which the Romans had preserved), and one of his
acts has not ceased to be held in equal abhorrence
and regret by all civilized nations. The barbarian
distributed the contents of the grand library
to serve as fuel, with which his soldiers cooked
their victuals, observing, as a reason for his conduct,
“that if the books differed from the Koran
C6r
35
they were impious, and ought to be destroyed; if
they agreed with it, they were superfluous.”
Egypt, after this, found various masters, and, in
the fluctuation of warfare, at one time enjoyed a
short period of independence; and it must be allowed
that some of the earlier caliphs governed it
with justice and humanity; but that period did not
last long. In 10661066 a famine raged in the land, of
so dreadful a character as almost to depopulate
Cairo, then the capital, although the caliph allowed
his miserable subjects to feed on his camels and
horses. In the year 12501250 they became subject to
the mamlouks, or mamelucs, who chose a sultan
from their own body. Under the government of
these soldiers all learning fell into decay and disrepute;
for these men (originally slaves) had no idea
of any excellence but that which belonged to the
profession of arms. In 15171517 this government was
destroyed by the Turks, after exhibiting instances
of such romantic valour as almost to redeem the ignorance
and ferocity which previously disgraced it.
Since that time Egypt has been governed by a Bey
sent from the Porte; but the present and other
governors so situated have often revolted. This,
however, was the last great revolution experienced
in this unhappy country, if we expect its short occupation
by the French.
We must now take leave of Egypt, of which our
historical data have necessarily been very concise.
In returning to its present situation and appearance,
C6
C6v
36
we hope to throw light on circumstances connected
with its ancient power, acquirements, and usages,
avoiding, as far as it is possible, all repetition, except
what may be necessary to connect the information
then given with the foregoing details.
Chap. II.
Ethiopia.—Africa Propria.—Numidia.—Carthage.—Its
wars and overthrow.—Syphax and Massinissa.—Mauritania.
—Gilimer’s distress.—Tripoli.—End of Part I.
“By ascending the Nile from the frontier of
Egypt, we shall penetrate into the heart of ancient
Ethiopia,” a name given in general to the countries
inhabited by black or tawny people. So far as we
can learn, the land formerly denominated Ethiopia,
as a general term, comprehended Nubia and Abyssinia,
in the upper part, and Congo, Lower Guinea,
and Caffraria, in the lower; but as these
countries never have been united, the kingdom of
Ethiopia, as mentioned in the Scriptures, and referred
to by ancient historians, must be comprised
in Nubia and Abyssinia. Nubia itself consists
of two kingdoms, Sennaar and Dongola;
and whilst the latter was under the control of
Egypt, with which it is immediately connected,
the former was probably included in that kingdom
of Ethiopia spoken of as having offended the Romans
in the time of Augustus, and being governed
by a queen named Candace, seeing that circumstance
agrees with the time of the conversion of
the eunuch by St. Philip, who served a queen of
C7v
38
that name, especially as we are told, “it was only
three days’ journey from the Red Sea.”
That ancient Ethiopia, under those limits which
are now termed Abyssinia, was indeed the latter
country, we cannot doubt, since the present race of
emperors declare themselves descendants from Solomon,
by a son of his, borne by that Queen of
Sheba mentioned in the Old Testament; and their
conversion to Christianity was said to be effected
through the medium of that nobleman who served
a queen of the same name (a name that, like that
of the Pharaohs and Ptolemies of Egypt, was inherent
to royalty). In addition to this nobleman’s
labours, it is also certain the Christian church of
Abyssinia was indebted to St. Athanasius, who
instructed the Abyssinians in the principles of
Christianity, and placed them under the patriarch
of Alexandria as their head, whose power they acknowledge
to the present day.
The ancient sovereigns, who, like all eastern
princes, had many wives, formerly secluded their
numerous progeny in splendid captivity, by placing
them in a solitude called The Happy Valley,
that all, except the heir, might escape the temptations
of ambition, and the power of forming those
intrigues often injurious to the succession.
This act of policy has been abolished many years,
in consequence of the reigning emperor of that day
being much affected by the enquiry of a little son,
C8r
39
“whether he were big enough to be sent to the
mountains?”
Respecting the history of this country in former
times, we are left entirely in the dark; for, except
a few idle traditions, nothing has been handed
down, and, ancient as the country is, little more is
known even at the present day. Abyssinia constitutes
an object of the greatest curiosity, and in
its manners, products, and appearance has been repeatedly
examined; but as they necessarily remain
the same, we shall omit speaking of them till we
return to the country for the purpose of giving
the observations collected from modern travellers.
Under these names were formerly comprised all
those countries which spread along the coast of the
Mediterranean sea, from Egypt to the Atlantic
Ocean, now generally termed Barbary.
Africa Propria, of the province of Africa, properly
so called (now Tunis), lies along that part
of the coast which leads from north to south. The
bay formed by the southern part of this land was
the Syrtis Minor, a dangerous quicksand; and in
that formed by another sweep of the sea, after
which the coast takes again a north-easterly direction,
was the Syrtis Major. Between the two
C8v
40
Syrtes was Tripolis, now Tripoli. To the east of
Africa lay Numidia, now Algiers.
The city of Utica, upon this coast, is memorable
as giving name to Cato Minor, who, disgusted with
the loss of liberty in Rome, here destroyed himself.
Utica, like Carthage, was a Tyrian colony, and
founded the first, but did not attain distinction till
after the downfall of its rival. The celebrity of this
flourishing city, its progress, and downfall, demand
our particular attention.
The city of Carthage, which, by extending its
power on every side, became the metropolis of a
large kingdom, and the first maritime power then
existing, is said to have been founded by Dido, the
daughter of Belus, king of Tyre. This princess
was married to Sicheus, a priest of Hercules, who
was basely slain by her brother Pygmalion; in
consequence of which she hastily collected her property,
and sailed to a part of Africa, then called
Zeugitana, where she purchased of the natives as
much land “as she could compass with a bull’s
hide.” Having concluded her bargain, with a woman’s
ingenuity she caused the hide to be cut into
very narrow slips, and sewed together, by which
means she obtained the ground on which she built
Carthage, and a castle, which she called Byrsa (the
hide). Being pressed to marry a neighbouring
king, she preferred a voluntary death; but her
supposed love for Æneas is merely a poetical fable,
invented by the immortal Virgil, as the medium
C9r
41
of displaying his own powers. Æneas entered
Italy three hundred years before the building of
Rome, and Dido laid the foundation of Carthage
seventy years after it was raised.
The Carthaginians, as a commercial nation, attained
immense wealth and power, so as to rival,
and in some particulars exceed, the pretensions of
imperial Rome itself, which sought rather to extend
its power by conquest than commerce. Two states
so situated were not long in finding reasons for disputing
each other’s prowess. Their wars are called
Punic, and occupy much of the earlier history of
Rome; but the most remarkable period connected
with them, was that when Hannibal, the renowned
Carthaginian general, entered Italy by crossing
the Alps with a powerful army, and who, for sixteen
years, pursued a war which from time to time
crowned him with splendid victories, of which one
fought at Cannæ, in which he defeated Scipio, was
the most memorable.
This great man has been thought the most perfect
general whom the world ever saw. Whilst yet
a child, he was brought by Hamilcar, his father, to
the altar of the gods, that he might swear eternal
enmity to the Romans; an oath he kept only too
well. He was successfully opposed by Fabius
Maximus, whose policy it was to harass and weary
him, rather than venture an engagement. This
mode of opposition was extremely difficult to be
followed by a Roman general, whose impetuous
C9v
42
troops ill brooked to behold an enemy in their own
country.
Hannibal is thought to have committed an oversight,
in suffering his soldiers to indulge at Capua,
instead of pursuing the advantages gained at Cannæ.
He never lost any battle but one, which was at
Zama, in consequence of which he was obliged to
retreat from Italy, and take refuge with Prussias,
king of Bithynia, who afterwards made an alliance
with the Romans. In consequence, Hannibal,
dreading lest he should be betrayed into the hands
of the Romans, took poison, and thus ended, at the
age of sixty-four, a life of unparalleled activity and
extraordinary reverses.
The Romans, aided by the kings of Numidia,
carried the war into Africa; and after various success,
short peace, and hollow truce, finally became
conquerors, subduing and even annihilating Carthage.
To Scipio Africanus (whose predecessors
of that name had perished in these wars) was reserved
the dreadful glory of drawing the plough
over the smoking ruins of this mighty city, which
fell unredeemed by any act of heroism on the part
of its male inhabitants; whilst the queen exhibited
an extraordinary instance of resolution and barbarous
grandeur of spirit. When Asdrubal, the
king, went forth to fall at the feet of the conqueror
and beg for his life, she took her children into the
upper part of a high tower, and, after reproaching
him bitterly for his pusillanimity in thus begging
C10r
43
mercy from an enemy that had destroyed his
people, slew his children and herself before his
eyes.
Previous to this crowning victory, Scipio had
conquered New Carthage in Spain, where the
parent state had established a thriving colony, well
calculated for extending that commercial power
which was always their first object. Carthage was
destroyed -0146146 years before Christ; but a new city
of that name was built by the Romans, and became
a flourishing place, though it never attained to the
size of the first, which was about fifteen miles in
circumference. This second city was destroyed by
the Arabs about the seventh century.
Dr. Shaw, who has carefully examined the spot
on which Carthage stood, describes the place as
perfectly solitary; for the sea having retired considerably
from the shore, has deprived it of its
former advantages as a station for commerce.
Among its ruins, cisterns are still to be seen, which
evince its former greatness; and in the neighbourhood,
the remains of an aqueduct and the situation
of the Byrsa may be clearly ascertained.
The city of Tunis has, by some writers, been
spoken of as close to the site of Carthage; but it is
full fifteen miles from these ruins, which have long
ceased to excite the slightest interest in the country.
The present inhabitants of this district are much
more civilized than those on the same coast; a circumstance
we cannot help imputing to the probability
C10v
44
of their descent from these people, since it
is well known that prior to the settlement of the
Carthaginians, the whole country of Mauritania
(the present Barbary) was inhabited by a lawless
and savage race, engaged in perpetual warfare.
Under the general name of Mauritania was formerly
described all that portion of Africa now containing
the countries of Fez and Morocco, Algiers,
Tunis, Tripoli, and Barca. It was then, as now,
divided into numerous states, of which Numidia,
Mauritania Cæsariensis, Tingitania, Byzacium, and
Utica were the principal. The first being the most
extensive and important, of Numidia we must next
speak.
Numidia, which extended as far on the Mediterranean
coast as to Algiers, was divided into two
parts, which obeyed two princes celebrated in history,
Massinissa and Syphax. The latter having
been dispossessed of much of his territory by the
Carthaginians, took part with the Romans against
that people; and being opposed by the troops of
Gala (Massinissa’s father), under the command of
his son, is said to have lost thirty thousand men, and
to have been driven back to Mauritania in distress.
His fortune, however, afterwards changed; for he
married the daughter of Asdrubal, a princess of
uncommon beauty, went over to the Carthaginians,
and so pressed his rival Massinissa, that this young
prince, after the death of his father, was destitute of
forces, money, and every resource, being driven
C11r
45
from his kingdom by an usurper. He was still in
alliance with the Romans; and when Lesbius arrived
in Africa, Massinissa assisted him with a few
horse, and from that time continued inviolably attached
to them.
After this, Syphax lost a great battle, and was
taken alive by the enemy. Massinissa besieged his
capital (called Cirtha), and took it; but met with a
greater danger within the city than he had found
in the field; for the charms and endearments of
the beautiful Sophonisba conquered his heart.
To secure this princess, he married her; but conscious
that the Romans would consider this conduct
a great error, in the course of a few days he sent
her a dose of poison as a nuptial present, in order
to keep her from falling into their hands.
After the capture of Syphax, his lands were
given to Massinissa, and those towns which the
Carthaginians had taken from him were restored
also; and thus rendered powerful, he proceeded to
take others which were not his own, on which
strong remonstrances were made by Carthage to
Rome, which was then the universal arbiter. No
steps were, however, taken to compel restitution;
new battles were entered into, and Massinissa increased
his dominions and his riches; whilst Carthage
lost so much to this prince as greatly to facilitate
the views of the Romans. The son and
grandsons of Massinissa became great warriors,
and one of the latter being taken prisoner by the
C11v
46
Carthaginians, was murdered in cold blood, which
of course rendered this king the more their enemy.
He lived to see them completely vanquished, being
ninety years of age when he breathed his last,
surrounded by an immense family, for he had fifty-
four sons. As three only were eligible for the
throne, Scipio, whom he left in trust, divided the
kingdom between them, and gave handsome possessions
to the rest. The death of two of the
brothers placed the whole in the hands of Micipsa,
who himself died shortly after, leaving two young
sons and a nephew (Jugurtha) equal heirs to his
dominions.
This prince was remarkable for his personal
qualities, abilities, misfortunes, and crimes; but
Juba, also a descendant of Massinissa, was still
more remarkable for all that was good, without any
alloy: he was a friend to literature, and encourager
of the arts, and many beautiful monuments and
fragments of architecture, met with in obscure
parts of Barbary, may be ascribed to his reign.
He was the founder of the city of Cesarea, and
gave the name of Cesariensis to a considerable
country in Mauritania.
After the death of this prince, these countries
were reduced to Roman provinces, under the
names of Cesariensis and Tingitana, and remained
in that state until the Vandals, in the fourth century
of the Christian era, effected their expulsion.
It is impossible for us to relate the terrible persecutions
C12r
47
of these conquerors against the orthodox
church, which was then established in these countries,
or to follow the succession of their princes.
After holding on their violent course for about a
century, the emperor Justinian sent out a powerful
army under the generalship of the renowned Belisarius,
against Gilimer, who had usurped the throne
of Hilderic, and imprisoned him.
Gilimer had been crowned at Carthage, and exercised
there every kind of tyranny and cruelty
consistent with a barbarous disposition; and there,
as to a strong and convenient place, he retired after
his first defeat from the Romans. From this he was
driven, and not being able to get on shipboard, he
fled with his family to a mountain, deemed almost
inaccessible, and endured the extremity of famine
with astonishing resolution. Pharos, the Roman
general, who had been intrusted by Belisarius with
this duty, wrote him a friendly and pathetic letter,
exhorting him “to extricate himself and family
from their great distress by surrender to the noble
and generous Belisarius.” His answer was extraordinary;
for, on the one hand, he utterly declined
the kind advice of Pharos, and, on the other, made
a submissive request, “that he would so far pity
his great distress, as to send him a loaf of bread,
a sponge, and a lute.” The messenger explained
the reason of this request: he said, “that the king
had not tasted baked bread since his arrival on the
mountain; that the sponge would allay a tumour
C12v
48
in his eyes, and the lute assist him in setting to
music an elegy he had composed on his misfortunes.”
His request was complied with by the
kind enemy, who could not refrain from tears when
he contemplated the situation of one whose fortune
was so changed.
At the end of three months, Gilimer’s heart was
so touched by seeing one of his nephews in hunger
swallow a cake as it was baking on the coals,
burning as it was, and another by blows taking it
out of his mouth, to eat it himself, that he surrendered
to Belisarius, who treated him with honour,
carried him to Constantinople, and presented him
in golden chains to the emperor. He had a pension
assigned to him, and retired as a private gentleman;
but died of shame, grief, and conscious
guilt, in the fifth year of his captivity, thus ending
the race of Vandal kings, which had subsisted one
hundred and seventeen years.
The country after this continued under the
Greek emperors; but the Moors were always subject
to revolt, and the Vandals willing to take part
in any rebellion. The Arabs and Saracens who
had successfully invaded Egypt, Syria, and Palestine,
now bent their views to these parts, and in
0547547, the Caliph Omar, already master of these ancient
countries, sent his general, Amru, to western
Africa with a prodigious army. By degrees, this
general made himself master of an immense country,
conquering some towns, building others, and
D1r
49
eventually introducing new divisions and a new religion,
which has rooted up all remains of Christianity,
as it then existed, and rendered Mahometanism
not less the profession of the settled inhabitants
than of the wandering hordes of Arabs,
who people the deserts of Africa, and are indeed
found in every part of it.
Mauritania (now the empire of Fez and Morocco)
was bounded on the north by the Straits of
Gibraltar and the Mediterranean; on the east by
Numidia; on the south by Getulia and the great
desert, and on the west by the Atlantic ocean.
Closely allied to Numidia, it shared the same fate
in becoming, after the fall of Jugurtha, a Roman
province. The ancient kingdom of Mauritania
was called Tingitania from its principal city Tingis
(Old Tangiers). Opposite to Calpe in Spain (the
rock of Gibraltar) is the other column of Hercules,
Mount Abyla, near Ceuta, in Mauritania. The
most remote Roman city on the western shore of
the Atlantic was Sale, now Sallee, a well known
piratical port. In the south of Mauritania is
Mount Atlas. Mauritania Cesariensis, a province
consisting of part of this country united to Numidia,
contained many Roman colonies, and still exhibits
many proofs of their residence in its ancient vestiges
of cities and bridges. Sigu, the residence of
Syphax before he invaded the dominions of Massinissa,
is however nearly the only place which
D
D1v
50
remains of any importance. It is situated northeast
of the river Malucha.
Cirta, the old capital of Numidia, on a branch of
the Ampsagus, is now called Constantina, and will
be described hereafter: it is the capital of a considerable
province of the same name. Hippius
Regius, on the Numidian coast, was the episcopal
see of St. Augustus, near to which is Mount
Pappua (now Edfong), where Gilimer, the last
king of the Vandals, sought a retreat, and afterwards
surrendered to Belisarius.
Getulia, a country named as forming part of the
boundaries to Mauritania, is spoken of by the
ancients very indefinitely. Ptolemy calls it the
Inner Libya; and Dr. Shaw thinks it may have
been at some period inhabited by Libyans or
Ethiopians, who have given way to the Bedoin
Arabs. It joins to the great desert on the south,
but the length is uncertain. In like manner
Byzacium lay adjacent to the Syrtis Minor in
Africa Propria, and constituted the most fertile
part of that country.
Under the names of Zingis and Azania, the
ancients seem to have known the coasts of Zanquebar
and Ajan; and the Ophir of Solomon is considered
D2r
51
to be the modern Safala, the gold procured
there being of a fine quality. Nigritia was their
Negro-land. On the western side of the Atlantic,
the Fortunatæ Insulæ, or Canary Islands, were
known to them, and even thought to be the residence
of the happy after death. Below these were
the Hesperidæ Insulæ, which must have been
either the Cape Verde Islands, or the Bissages, lying
a little above Sierra Leone. “Here did they
place the garden of the Hesperides, and the golden
apples which were won by Hercules when he had
slain the dragon which guarded the fruit.”
The long residence of Dr. Shaw at Aleppo,
about a century since, gave him extraordinary opportunities
for examining the sites of places memorable
in Mauritania, Numidia, Tripoli, and Upper
Egypt. Mr. Salt, who lived many years at Alexandria,
and travelled in the adjacent countries, has
also communicated much valuable knowledge; and
to Dr. S. Butler all young persons may look for a
key to assist their researches on every point connected
with ancient history and geography.
End of Part I.
D2Part II.
The Present State of Egypt, Nubia, andAbyssinia.
Chap. I.
Travellers.—Fruitfulness of Egypt.—Hatching Ovens.—
Arabs.—Copts.—Thebes.—Dendera.—Elephanta.—Cataracts.
—Pyramids.—Labours of Belzoni.—Sphinx.—
Grand Cairo.—Alexandria.—Pompey’s Pillar and Cleopatra’s
Needles.—Damietta.—Suez.—Rosetta.—The Oasis
of the Desert.—The Labyrinth.—Mrs. Belzoni’s Observations
on domestic Manners.
The invasion of Egypt by the French about thirty
years since, and the successful efforts made by our
nation to expel them, necessarily threw this ancient
country, with all its magnificent remains, natural
productions, and present property, under the immediate
inspection of those enlightened persons
from the contending countries most calculated to
report faithfully, and investigate judiciously, on that
which lay before them. They have confirmed the
accounts transmitted by those accomplished travellers,
Maundrell, Pocock, Shaw, and Bruce, and
D3r
53
have excited the curiosity of others who, following
the tracks pointed out by them, have not only seen
more, but, by employing the natives and assisting
themselves in removing sand and rubbish, have restored
to light treasures which have been lost for
ages. The forms of temples and statues, of enormous
magnitude, have been thus developed, their
style of architecture analysed, and the extent of
their power and knowledge at a very remote period
ascertained.
Mr. Salt, for many years consul at Alexandria,
being himself an acute observer and excellent writer
on these countries, assisted his countrymen in their
endeavours as much as it was in his power; but, as
their principal objects were in Upper Egypt, great
difficulties were experienced as being beyond the
reach of his influence, and subject to all the impediments
which ignorance in the higher orders
and idleness in the lower could offer to retard their
operations. They were, however, carried on successfully
in many cases, though with great toil and
expence, by Belzoni, whose personal strength and
spirit seemed inexhaustible, and who turned his mind
to the subject in consequence of a disappointment
received in another project. Mr. Banks, a gentleman
of large fortune and astonishing perseverance,
was led to it from his taste and knowledge; and as
his travels in these countries have been more extensive
than any other person, his work on the subjectD3
D3v
54
(which has not yet appeared) may contain
many valuable particulars that have not yet transpired.
Captain Mangles, Sir Frederic Henniker, the
Honourable J. Irwin, Captain Beechey, and several
other English gentlemen, have expended money,
time, and personal exertion, even to the serious injury
of their health, in clearing away the sand from
the temples, and many very beautiful remains have
been transported to this country in consequence;
so that the British Museum is now the treasury
alike of Grecian and Egyptian sculpture. From
the works of the above-named travellers we shall
offer occasional extracts, in order that our readers
may experience that interest an eye-witness can
best impart; but in so comprehensive a subject as
Africa, we can only allot a short space even to the
most attractive subject, and must therefore condense
the information referred to in the most compendious
manner.
As Egypt was formerly the granary of the Roman
empire, so does it now form a supply to Constantinople
of various grains, but particularly rice, together
with many valuable fruits. At that period
of the year, when the Nile having flooded the
plains, and left behind that rich slime which is the
source of its abundant fruitfulness, the grain arises
with a celerity unknown to other countries, and
the whole land is covered with a luxuriant and
tender green, which is intersected with ten thousand
silver veins of that water still in the progress
D4r
55
of absorption. When it is remembered that this
prospect is beheld under a sky of unclouded azure,
through an atmosphere of unrivalled purity, we
must allow that no view can be more beautiful and
exhilarating, especially as it is contrasted with deserts
of burning sand, or dry turf, painful to the
sight, and distressing to the mind. Egypt combines
all that is most promising in plenty, and most
terrible in desolation, to the eye of the traveller;
but as it has two, and frequently three harvests in
the year, particularly about the Delta, and exhibits
at once the beauties of spring and the riches
of autumn, it will be evident that abundance is provided
for the wants of human life, as well as the
demands of commerce and the exactions of tyranny.
Ancient Egypt was exceedingly populous; but
the wretched governments under which this fine
country has long groaned have reduced it to one
half of the former computation; but, notwithstanding
the great heat, the climate is remarkably
healthy, and the inhabitants, from living almost entirely
on herbs, and using frequent baths, live to a
good old age. Lentils in Upper Egypt supply the
place of rice in the Lower, and lucerne affords
excellent food for the cattle. Onions are so mild
and sweet as to be deemed a luxury by all classes,
and sufficiently plentiful to be used as food by all;
and strangers who eat them roasted, according to
the fashion of the country, observe, “that it was no
wonder the children of Israel regretted the loss of
D4
D4v
56
them.” They have also excellent fish, fine grapes,
dates, lemons, and other fruits, and an abundant
supply of poultry, which they hatch by a method
which is peculiar to themselves, as the countries
which have adopted it are said to procure servants
from Egypt to manage the process, which is thus
described.
The ovens used for hatching chickens are built
under ground in two rooms, fronting each other,
with a narrow passage between them. They are
three or four feet in height, with holes at the top,
which are shut or opened as the heat may require
to be increased or diminished. They are warmed
with a smothering fire for ten days, when the eggs
are shifted and turned daily. A very slow fire is kept
up; and on the twenty-second the chickens break
their shells, and form a most extraordinary and
amusing sight.
Although Egypt, like many other eastern countries,
is subject to the plague, there is every reason to
believe that it is not an evil inherent to the country,
since it always makes its appearance in the towns
on the coast. The small-pox is common, but never
attended with great mortality. Pulmonary diseases
are unknown; but from February till May is considered
an unhealthy season; and if the plague
breaks out then, it will sweep off from two to three
hundred thousand inhabitants.
Egypt was formerly infested to a great degree
with crocodiles and sea-horses; but they have been
D5r
57
so much destroyed as now to be rarely found
below the Cataracts. The ibis, celebrated for destroying
serpents, is now seldom seen; but the
Egyptian rat, which resembles a ferret, and is very
destructive to the eggs of the crocodile, is still
common. Their animals are horses, asses, mules,
and camels; and, in the desert places, tigers,
antelopes, foxes, hares, cows, sheep, and deer. They
have a species of large, strong, and savage ape,
with a head resembling a dog, formerly worshipped
under the name of Anubis. Many camelions are
found in the neighbourhood of Grand Cairo, also
yellow lizards. They have several species of
vipers, one of which (the cerastus of the ancients)
has horns; but their greatest tormentors are the
gnats and musquitoes, which, rising by millions
from the marshes, swarm in the air and the houses,
and render sleep a stranger to the eye of the weary
traveller, unless he is provided with a proper net
to protect him from their bite. Diseases of the
eyes are also singularly troublesome to the
Egyptians; and a late traveller assures us, that no
fewer than eight thousand persons quite blind are
supported in the mosque at Grand Cairo. The
learned Pocock informs us, that “the slime of the
Nile is strongly impregnated with salt, and as it
becomes, after the action of the sun upon it, a subtle
and impalpable powder, nothing can be more
likely to affect the eyes of the inhabitants.” That
the sands of the plains have also this effect, we
D5
D5v
58
cannot doubt, as the sufferings of the European
armies from ophthalmia were very great.
Another disease peculiar to Egypt is called
elephantiasis, and consists of an enormous swelling
of the limbs, particularly the legs: it has been ascribed
to various causes by different medical writers.
The splendid ruins found in various parts of
Egypt, particularly those in the neighbourhood of
Cairo, and those of Thebes, and Luxor, are considered
as having been erected nearly three thousand
years. It is at least certain, that since the
period when Egypt became a Roman province,
none of those buildings have been raised which now
excite the attention of Europe. When the sovereigns
of the Greek empire embraced Christianity,
they overthrew some of the finest edifices in Lower
Egypt, as having been sacred to idolatry; and the
race of Caliphs who succeeded them, as Mahometans,
were not more given to spare the remains
of a mythology they condemned; so that much
was taken from the country, and nothing given in
return, if we expect the building of Grand Cairo
and Djdirzeh.
The immense tracts of country in Asia, inhabited
by the Arabians under the names of Arabia
Deserta, Arabia Petrea, and Arabia Felix, have
given birth to many great nations as well as the
wandering tribes, to whom we usually assign the
name of Arabs, and of whom in their present state
we shall speak hereafter. In the sixth century,
D6r
59
Mahomet, an inhabitant of Mecca (a town near
the Red Sea), conceived the design of conquering
the whole country through the medium of a new
religion. He succeeded to an amazing extent, and
taking his young nephew to be his Kalif or helper,
that title was adopted by his successors, who, in
the course of the following century, conquered great
part of Africa, and for some time established their
court at Cairo; in consequence of which they restored
to Egypt much of its former splendour, but
a new race were, of course, introduced, who oppressed
the natives; and although the new nation,
then called Saracen, was wealthy and important,
it did not assist those whom it enslaved further than
to allow them the exercise of their religion. The
race of Caliphs were eventually conquered, after
many obstinate engagements, by the Turks, who
were themselves Mahometans, and had dispossessed
the Christians in Greece and the neighbouring
countries, being originally Tartars, who poured in
ferocious hordes from their own uncultivated and
sterile lands, to take possession of more fruitful
countries. For the last four hundred years, Egypt
has therefore been governed by a bey, or officer,
sent out from Constantinople, whose policy it is to
oppress his subjects as much as possible, either
to secure wealth against the time when he is compelled
to resign, or in order to propitiate the
government which continues him in office. Sometimes
these chiefs break out into rebellion against
D6
D6v
60
their distant sovereign; and the miseries of war are
added to the oppressions and exactions which
already harass the inhabitants.
The Copts, who are the only descendants of the
ancient Egyptians, have now no share in the government,
and rarely advance to importance in
private life. They are generally found to be excellent
accountants, and sometimes amass money by
inland trade, but have rarely the wealth or enterprise
required for extensive merchandise. They
are superstitious, because ignorant, but are generally
found gentle in their manners, and humane and
friendly in their dispositions. The Egyptians were
amongst the first who embraced Christianity, and
they have been permitted by all their conquerors to
retain their churches, priests, bishops, and a patriarch,
who resides at Alexandria.
Those who inhabit the banks of the Nile, and
that part which borders on Nubia, are for the most
part thieves and vagabonds, yet are the persons
a traveller must look to for the guides he needs,
and the assistance he requires, as he can procure
no better.
The ancient buildings of Egypt have this advantage
over all others, that when once the sand and
earth, accumulated for so many ages around the
base, or interstices, is removed, the structure appears
in all its original grandeur and beauty; for, as
there is no rain in Egypt, the general effects of
humidity do not impair the labours of the architect
D7r
61
and sculptor. The creeping lichens and the leafy
shrubs which beautify, but hide the ruins of
Europe, are here unknown; and the mighty temples,
with their massy pillars and colossal statues, rear
their proud heads in the arid plains in uninjured
but isolated magnificence, save where the hand of
violence has antedated the work of time.
Thebes, the most extensive ruins upon the face
of the earth, and in its impressions of grandeur
rivalling the magnificence of Baalbec, and the elegance
of Palmyra, is the first object of our attention.
This city (now called Seyd) lies on the banks of
the Nile, about 200 miles from Grand Cairo, and
seems to have been the centre, not less than the
crowing city of a wealthy and populous land.
Many other noble ruins are found scattered in the
neighbourhood, but they are so situated as not to
strike the eye of the traveller by any ordinary route,
and must be sought for to be seen. Denon, the
celebrated French traveller, who accompanied the
armies of his country to Egypt, thus describes the
effect produced by the view of this ancient capital:—
“At nine o’clock, in making a sharp turn round
the point of a projecting chain of mountains, we
discovered all at once the site of the ancient Thebes
in its whole extent. This celebrated city, which
Homer has characterised by the single expression
of ‘with a hundred gates,’—this illustrious city,
described by Herodotus in a few pages that have
since been copied by every historian;—celebrated
D7v
62
by the number of its kings, whose wisdom had
raised them to the rank of gods, by laws that have
been revered without being promulgated; by science
involved in pompous and enigmatical inscriptions,
the first monuments of ancient learning which are
still spared by the hand of time. This abandoned
sanctuary, surrounded with barbarism, and restored
to the desert from whence it had been drawn forth,
enveloped in the veil of mystery and the obscurity
of ages, whereby even its own colossal ornaments
are magnified to the imagination, still impressed
the mind with such gigantic phantoms, that the
whole army suddenly and with one accord stood in
amazement at the sight of its scattered ruins, and
clapped their hands with delight, as if the end and
object of their glorious toils were accomplished
and secured, by taking possession of the splendid
remains of this ancient metropolis.”
Such was the enthusiastic exclamation of this celebrated
traveller on sight of those ruins which he
possessed a power of examining no other traveller
has enjoyed or probably ever will do; yet his discoveries,
though much vaunted, were very trifling
compared to the English and Italian travellers
whom we mentioned as indefatigable in research, and
of whose labours we cannot think too highly, for they
had not, like Denon, an army to possess the ruins
and second their intentions, but prosecuted them
under insult and danger from the Arabs, themselves
toiling beneath the fervours of an Egyptian sky, and
D8r
63
utterly deprived of the common comforts required
for rest and sustenance. We offer the account of
Belzoni’s impressions on actually entering those
ruins of Thebes which Denon saw at a distance.
the most magnificent specimen of our present
architecture would give a very incorrect picture of
these ruins; for such is the difference not only in
magnitude, but in form, proportion, and construction,
that even the pencil can convey but a
faint idea of the whole. It appeared to me like
entering a city of giants, who after a long conflict
were all destroyed, leaving the ruins of their various
temples as the proof of their existence. The temple
of Luxor presents to the traveller at once one
of the most splendid groups of Egyptian grandeur.
the extensive propylæon, with the two obelisks
and colossal statues in the front; the thick groups
of enormous columns; the variety of apartments
and the sanctuary it contains; the beautiful ornaments
which adorn every part of the walls and
columns; the battles on the propylæon described
by Mr. Hamilton, cause in the astonished traveller
an oblivion of all that he has seen before. If his
attention be attracted to the north side of Thebes
by the towering remains that project a great height
above the wood of Palm-trees, he will gradually
enter a forest-like assemblage of ruins of temples,
columns, colossi, obelisks, sphinxes, portals, and
an endless number of other astonishing objects, D8v 64
that will convince him at once of the impossibility
of description. On the west side of the Nile he
will still find himself among wonders. The temples of Gournou, Memnonium, and Medinet
Aboo, attest the extent of the great city on
this side. The unrivalled colossal figures in the
plains of Thebes, the number of tombs excavated
in the rocks, those in the great valley of the Kings,
with their paintings, sculptures, mummies, sarcophagi,
figures, &c. are all objects worthy of the
admiration of the traveller, who will not fail to
wonder how a nation, which was once so great as
to erect these stupendous edifices, could so far fall
into oblivion, that even their language and writing
are unknown to us.”
It is well known, that a fine colossal bust, the
most splendid sarcophagus ever brought to
Europe, and many more curiosities, were brought
to England by this indefatigable traveller, most of
which are now in the British Museum. In examining
the tomb of a Theban king, he found the
paintings in it as fresh as if newly finished; the
colours were gaudy but beautiful; and it has been
remarked by all travellers, that in the face of the
goddess Isis, wherever given, there is an expression
of delicacy and sweetness, and that elongation of
the eye peculiar to those whose sight is subject to
be dazzled by the rays of the sun.
There are still standing two gigantic statues, each
of which claims to be the celebrated one which
emitted musical sounds. They are nearly fifty feet
high, sitting with their hands on their knees. One
is formed of a solid brick of granite, the other of
various pieces; on the perfect figure there is no
inscription, but the broken one is covered with the
names of those who testify that they have heard
sounds proceed thence at sunrise: it is probable
that it has suffered injury for that reason.
At Dendera (or Tentyra), there is a most magnificent
temple, famous for containing the chamber
of the zodiac. The walls of this fabric are two
hundred and eighty paces in circumference, and
there is scarcely a spot of wall, ceiling, or column,
that is not adorned with sacred symbols, engraved
with the utmost delicacy, and perfectly uninjured
by the hand of time.
Dendera was formerly the pottery of Egypt, but
is now a wretched village, giving merely proof of
its former manufactory by heaps of broken vessels.
At Hermontis, Esneh, and Eleithias, there are
magnificent ruins, and at Edfon a temple equal to
any at Thebes. At Krom Ombos, where the
crocodile was formerly worshipped, there are thirteen
noble pillars standing; but magnificent as these
objects are, the ruins of Elephantine and Philoe,
appear to give still greater delight to the travellers
who have surveyed their stupendous edifices.
These are islands in the Nile which lie in the
D9v
66
way to those cataracts which were described by
ancient writer in highly exaggerated terms, since
they have been visited within a few years by
various travellers at different periods, who all
concur in describing them as beautiful, but by no
means tremendous; and Sir Frederic Henniker
speaks of these famous falls as not more formidable
than London Bridge, and gives a laughable account
of the bustle made by the Nubian boatmen, who
gave command to about fifty men to throw ropes
about the boat to guard against a descent of from
two to three feet; but Belzoni declares, “that he
was confined nearly an hour in one spot during the
same expedition, and received a terrible shock from
the eddies driving them against a rock.” He describes
the scene as new and beautiful, there being
several thousands of islands, falls of water rushing
rapidly among them, white with foam, and contrasting
alike with the trees and verdure of the
islands and the black rocks that rise above the
boiling waves.
At Elephantine, Denon took up his abode: it is
on that part of the river where the rocks which
form the cataracts begin, and being covered in part
by corn and rich in palm-trees, the ruins of the
temples there appear to more advantage.
Philoe is above the cataracts, and is covered entirely
with temples, columns, and obelisks, and
when beheld by night under the soft clear lustre of
an Egyptian sky, conveys the idea of an enchanted
D10r
67
island. That this island was inhabited by primitive
Christians, they have left full proof; and there is a
flight of steps here, as at Elephantine, which is considered
to be the ancient Nilometer. An inscription
was placed by the French army here, stating, “that
under General Buonaparte they had pursued the
Mamelukes to the island of Philoe.”
Leaving these retired parts, once so populous,
the traveller finds at Ebsambal labours of the most
extraordinary and unprecedented character. Opposite
to another immense temple are six gigantic
figures, sculptured in relief on the mountain-rock:
they stand upright, with their arms hanging down,
beneath which there are other figures standing also.
These appear like children, yet they are seven feet
in height. Within the temple are eight statues still
larger than these, which, like so many Atlasses, support
the roof, and form apparently a guard of honour
on the entrance. This temple is difficult to inspect,
from the great quantity of sand which, in the lapse
of so many ages, has worked its way to the interior;
but much of it has been cleared away by the perseverance
of British travellers, who have spared no
expense in hiring the lazy natives to accomplish
this task, being also obliged to make perpetual presents
to the governors, who never failed to thwart
their wishes. Their efforts were rendered the more
difficult on account of the superstition and suspicions
of the natives, as they all believed that the
travellers were seeking for treasure, and that they
D10v
68
had the art of extracting gold from the stones before
them, by writing and drawing.
We must now take a short view of those wonders
which are more universally known, the Pyramids
of Egypt, particularly those generally understood as
such, lying in the neighbourhood of Grand Cairo.
The Pyramids of Ghizeh, or Djizeh, stand upon a
bed of rock one hundred and fifty feet above the
desert. The largest of the three, ascribed to
Cheops by Herodotus, is a square of seven hundred
and forty-six feet; its perpendicular height four
hundred and sixty-one feet, being twenty-four feet
higher than St. Peter’s at Rome, and one hundred
and seventeen feet higher than St. Paul’s in London.
Of this Sir Robert Wilson says:—
Pyramid, then its wonders require positive vision to
credit. The mind is lost in the calculation, and the
eye, unaccustomed to such masses, cannot imagine
to itself such dimensions. The vastness of the
granite blocks, the quantity of labour that must
have been employed, the lever which must have
been necessary to raise such stupendous masses of
rock, its original beauty from the various coloured
marbles, porphyry, and granite, with which the
sides have been cased, impress with unequalled
sentiments of admiration and astonishment. When,
however, reflection directs the thought to the surprising
works of genius and learning of those ages
in which they were constructed, and contrasts the D11r 69
present abject race of their posterity, the mind
cannot but lament the degradation of such a portion
of human nature, and consider the Pyramids as a
monument of melancholy instruction. The pinnacle of the large Pyramid is about
thirty yards square, on which the French savans
once dined, and which is now constantly crowded
by English. The names of Bruce, Algernon
Sydney, Volney, and others, are carved on the
stones, and it does them no small credit to have
ventured, as solitary travellers, to the top of this
gloomy pile. The view hence is frightfully barren:
an immeasurable waste of desert is only interrupted
by the flat, uncultivated land which separates Libya
and Arabia, nor can that arid soil and the wretched
villages in the valley afford any scene picturesque
and gratifying. The ascent to the top is very difficult, and
requires resolution and strength; each stone is at
least four feet high, and the only steps are made
by each superior one receding, to form the Pyramid,
about three feet. The descent is more unpleasant
still, yet our soldiers went up and down perpetually
without any accident. At the base of the north
front is a door covered with hieroglyphics. This
Strabo assures us was originally half way up the
Pyramid, and that the drifting sand has covered
the base so high. The French, by digging, have
found the base, and ascertained that no such alteration
has taken place, since it is erected on solid D11v 70
rock; and from the excavations around there is
evident proof that the bodies of the Pyramids are
constructed of this rock; the huge masses of granite
and porphyry, used to case them, were brought
from the neighbourhood of Cassira on the Red Sea.
By the door of the north front is the entrance into
the sanctum of this wonder of the world. The
passage is at first very low, and afterwards enlarges.
At the extremity of one branch is a well, the depth
of which is unknown. Another passage leads to
chambers, in one of which is a stone coffin, the lid
of which was removed. The Arabs pretend that the
corpse of a man with his sword and golden ornaments
were found at the first opening of the coffin,
but their traditions are too vague to be relied on.”
Since the above was written, Mr. Caviglia has
examined the interior of this Pyramid with the
most scrupulous attention, and found that it contained
various apartments, several decaying mummies,
and fragments of statues: the heads of the
former had glass eyes, and appeared to have had
an external face painted to resemble the deceased.
Several of the chambers had numerous hieroglyphics
and paintings of figures, the colours of
which were vivid and beautiful.
It remained for Mr. Belzoni to effect the most
difficult task, which was that of opening the second
of these mighty monuments, to which he gained
entrance the 1816-03-01first of March, 1816. The general
description of the interior resembles the former, as
a sarcophagus of fine granite was found in the principal
D12r
71
chamber, so that it is now incontestably proved
that the Pyramids were built for the reception of
the dead. The lid of this sarcophagus was half off,
and by an Arabic inscription on the wall, it appeared
that about a thousand years since this
Pyramid has been opened and inspected by the
sovereign of the country then resident at Grand
Cairo. On examination it was found that the bones
were those of a bull (the Egyptian god Apis).
The Pyramids are four, though three only are
named, from the last being smaller by more than a hundred feet than
the third in size.
Near to the Pyramids is the Sphinx, a prodigious
colossal figure, lying recumbent on a platform of
rock, being a lion, with the face and breast of a
woman, holding between its immense paws a building
like a small temple. The dimensions of this
figure are immense, but the face is beautiful, and
the proportions fine, more especially since the sand
has been cleared from the pedestal on which it lies.
The meaning of its form and the purpose of its
erection remain among those mysterious peculiarities
which attach to the mythology and customs
of the ancient inhabitants, and on which no light
can now be expected to be thrown. Herodotus
and Pliny both described but do not in any respect
differ from modern accounts of it, or speak of
its founder.
The next most remarkable things in Egypt are
the Mummy-pits or Catacombs. The Egyptians
always embalmed their dead, having three different
methods of preserving the body, more or less expensive.
The most perfect was that of rolling the body
in numerous filaments, after it had gone through a
previous process, by which means some that are
known to have been dead above three thousand
years are yet in a perfect state, as to their form,
skin, and hair. The lower orders were merely
soaked in nitre and dried in the sun, and buried
without coffins, or, in general, ranged side by side
in caves formed for the purpose out of rocks. Numbers
of animals, the former idols of Egypt, shared
this care; and birds are found when unrolled to be
perfect in their feathers, the colours being quite
lively. The birds so embalmed were the ibis
(which is now scarcely ever seen in the country);
but the crocodile is also found occasionally wrapt
in these costly ligaments, and preserved with the
same distraction,—a decided proof of its sacred
character in their sight.
We must now quit the curiosities of Egypt to
speak of its critics and sea-ports. Grand Cairo and
Alexandria are the only towns that now merit the
former appellation. Cairo as compared with Alexandria
may be called a modern town. It was built
by the general of Caliph Ledimillah in 0973973. It is
founded on a canal cut from the Nile to the Red
Sea, the walls and the castle being raised by the
E1r
73
celebrated Saladin, so frequently mentioned in the
history of the Crusades. In the beginning of the
fifteenth century this city was, perhaps, the most
noble in the world, and worthy its appellation of
Grand, being the emporium of commerce for Africa
and Asia, and the residence of a caliph or sultan,
who lived in all the pomp of eastern royalty, was
the commander of immense armies, and the patron
of arts and learning. The castle is built on a rock,
with high walls and strong towers, and before the
invention of gunpowder might be impregnable.
The houses of Grand Cairo are three or more
stories high; but the streets are very narrow, a circumstance
not unpleasant in so hot a place, as they
throw a desirable shade on the passenger. A stranger
is exceedingly struck by the motley crowds
which pour through these narrow defiles, which are
always in a dirty and disagreeable state. Loaded
camels, wandering Arabs, Turks in splendid array,
ragged Jews, troops in military uniform mounted
on chargers, women howling over dead bodies as
they convey them to the grave, and bearers of gay
canopies over the heads of veiled brides, are all
seen pushing their way at the same moment. Joseph’s
well, constructed about 700 years since by
a vizier of that name, in the castle, is an object of
great curiosity, the water becoming filtered in its
progress, and drawn up by oxen. This place has,
by some travellers, been erroneously attributed to
the Patriarch Joseph, of whom there are no remains
E
E1v
74
here, save the granaries of Old Cairo, formerly mentioned.
This latter place, though now of little importance,
is pleasant, and contains many country
houses belonging to the wealthy inhabitants of the
former, and has a Jewish synagogue, said to have
been founded sixteen hundred years, and a fine
aqueduct.
Grand Cairo is still a populous and busy place,
having, indeed, no rival city to divide its commerce.
Bulak, a small town, may be considered a suburb,
as it is the port of Grand Cairo on the Nile, and
contains a large bazaar, custom-house, and magazines.
In 17991799 it was almost destroyed by the
French armies.
Modern Alexandria, in its commerce and population,
its narrow crowded streets, and mixture of
visitants and inhabitants, much resembles Cairo. It
is divided into a new and old town; and in the latter
the antiquarian looks around with the greatest
interest, but in its state of confusion and poverty
finds little to remind him of the power of Alexander,
or the refinement and splendour of the
luxurious Cleopatra. Enough is, however, still
visible to enable us to give full credence to all
which has been formerly ascribed to it; and we are
also aware that, from its excellent situation, it has
always been well calculated for commerce and will
therefore retain trade in the Mediterranean. It has
a spacious harbour, and a second good port, which
is, however, closed against the Christians. It
E2r
75
exports raw hides, saffron, senna, and glass. The
Greek Christians and the Armenians have each a
church: there are a considerable number of Jews:
the bulk of the people are Mahometans, yet the
whole population do not exceed twenty thousand.
The beautiful erection, long called Pompey’s
Pillar, (and which reminds us that on the sands of
Alexandria that great man’s ashes were burnt in
pity by a humble fisherman,) is ascribed by many
writers to Ptolemy Philadelphus, and said to be
built in honour of his daughter Arsinoë. The base
is five feet high, the pedestal ten, and the shaft sixty.
It is of red granite, and singularly elegant in its
construction, and stands about a quarter of a mile
south of the walls, on a rising ground.
Near the Gate of Rosetta (as they are called) are
some fragments of granite pillars, and several fallen
columns of the most beautiful marbles, but they are
not worthy to be compared with the obelisks called
Cleopatra’s Needles, which are two fine columns of
granite, inscribed with hieroglyphics: one of them
has fallen, and it is found that they measure seventy
feet from the shaft. For some time it was intended
to remove them to England; but that being found
impracticable, Lord Cavan has caused a marble
slate to be placed on the aperture caused by the
overthrow of that which is fallen, on which he has
inscribed an account of the invasion of the French,
and their expulsion by the English from the shores
of Alexandria, in the spring of 18011801.
From this imperfect description of a city that
requires a volume, we hasten to Aboukir, the ancient
Canopas, where the great Nelson obtained a
naval victory which will live in the annals of history
so long as the name of his country has existence,
and the rights of humanity shall be respected.
Thence we proceed to Damietta, which was built
at the eastern mouth of the Nile, and increased in
naval importance as the ancient Pelusium declined.
At the time of the Crusades the Christian princes
besieged it for seventeen months, but only enjoyed
for a short time the victory they finally obtained by
abundance of blood and treasure; for the place
being surrounded soon after by the waters of the
Nile, and the Egyptian army, they resigned their
conquest. Thirty years afterwards, Louis IX. took
it without striking a blow, by the powerful effect of
heroic enterprize. The Arabs recovered it; but
aware that such events might occur again, the old
town was forsaken and another built, higher in the
country. The houses of the present town are good:
high mosques with their minarets ornament the
view, and there are public baths faced with marble;
but to a stranger there are few places less agreeable,
as there are no inns, and without a residential consul,
he would find himself very awkwardly situated.
There is considerable trade between this city,
Syria, Cyprus, and Marseilles. The Christians of
Aleppo and Damascus carry on the principal trade,
which now exceeds that of Alexandria eastward,
E3r
77
though it may not equal it to the west. The harbour
is by no means good, but the neighbourhood
is fruitful, particularly in rice. The environs
abound in pelicans, which stand in rows near the
river, and sometimes produce a beautiful effect, as
their white plumage of a pink tincture glitters in
the sun.
Suez.—This town is situated on a small peninsula
on the uppermost point of the Red Sea, which appears
from thence a noble lake girded with rocks,
the water being of a beautiful blue colour, yet it is
not fit to drink, as the water used in Suez comes
from the wells of Naba, six miles distant. The
sea has its name from being in the land of Esau,
or Edom, which signifies red. Suez is said to be
very pleasant, considering that it is a Turkish town,
but it is situated on a bed of sand, and all the
beauty and utility of vegetation is unknown. It is,
however, supplied with all the necessaries of life by
commerce, and caravans arrive from Grand Cairo
three times a year. Travellers who wish to visit
Mount Sinai embark at this place, which is thinly
inhabited, but at some particular times inundated
with strangers. A fleet goes from hence for Mecca
and Mocha; the last of which exchanges goods to
and from the India market, and produces the finest
coffee in the world. The inhabitants of Suez are
Turks, Greeks, and Copts; but there are times
E3
E3v
78
when strangers from every part of the East may be
found there.
Rosetta is a town which lies in the road to Grand
Cairo, situated on an island in the Nile, and considered
the storehouse of that city and Alexandria.
It has been generally thought the pleasantest town
in Egypt, on account of the number of its gardens,
especially those on the tops of its houses, and
Savary, the French author, describes it as a paradise.
Our countryman, Sir R. Wilson, on the contrary,
gives it all the usual characteristics of Egyptian
towns in general. Narrow streets filled with dirty
and diseased inhabitants, where blindness, leprosy,
dropsy, and elephantiasis, meet your eyes every
moment. Terrible musquitoes, hideous women,
and dreadful stenches, from his account, complete
the evils of this city of roses. Perhaps the truth
may be found to lie between the two. It is certain
that at a little distance Rosetta forms a pleasing
object, especially to those whose eyes have been
long employed in gazing on the parched desert.
We must not conclude this sketch of Egypt without
informing our readers, that in the deserts which
intersects alike Nubia and it, (which in many respects
so intermingle as to belong to the same description,
particularly near the boundaries,) there are patches
of good land, capable of producing trees and corn,
and which appear like green islands in a sea of
sand, more especially as that sea is subject in some
places to be so agitated with the wind as to overwhelm
E4r
79
in sudden destruction the unfortunate traveller.
These spots, whether in Nubia or Egypt,
are called Oases, and are places of curiosity and
partial relief to travellers, though by no means so
lovely and fertile as they were represented by the
ancients. The most remarkable of these is the
Oasis el Cassar, on which was formerly that temple
of Jupiter Ammon to which Alexander the Great
journeyed, for the purpose of gaining from the
oracle a declaration that he was the son of that
deity. The situation of this once celebrated place
has been long disputed; but it now appears to have
been clearly ascertained to be here by the indefatigable
Belzoni, who found on the island, or oasis, a
well of water, which was hot at midnight and cold
at noon, and which is described by Herodotus as
in the precincts of that temple. The ruins, though
considerable and extremely ancient, would not,
perhaps go far to establish the fact, since the inhabitants
will not permit them to be examined; but
this particular seems decisive,—the labours of
man change and perish, but the gifts of God, in the
wonders of nature, are eternal.
This traveller had hoped to find on the same
journey some remains of the Egyptian Labyrinth
described by the same ancient author, whose directions
he had always found excellent guides to the
buildings of this wonderful country; and at the
town of Fedmin el Kunois he examined certain
ruins, which others consider to be the place he was
E4
E4v
80
seeking for, and assert “that he trod on the Labyrinth
without knowing it.” In his second edition
he repels this conclusion, and informs us, that by
tradition it appears there were in former times
three hundred churches there, which fell into decay
and were built upon by the Mahometan inhabitants:
being merely small places constructed of sun-burnt
bricks, he thinks they could not be the remains of
a place said to contain fifteen hundred apartments,
courts, and stupendous halls covered with white
marble, as the great historian has described the
Labyrinth to be, but they might be the churches of
a small and persecuted Christian body.
The women of this country are in a state of great
degradation, and, from Mrs. Belzoni’s account of
them, inherit those vices which may be expected
from unjust and unnatural debasement. They are
mean, ignorant, selfish, revengeful, and cruel, as
they advance in life, although lively and amiable
when young; for the custom of a man bringing in
a second and third wife, when he finds that he can
afford to keep them, never fails to produce
domestic bickerings and jealousies, which awaken
the worst passions of our nature. If the wives
agree at all, it is for the purpose of procuring some
extraordinary indulgence from the husband, or
of keeping out another intruder; but their general
disposition is that of opposing each other, either
in their own persons or that of their descendants
E5r
81
and relations, so that quarrels and bloodshed is
continually arising.
To be extremely corpulent is the perpetual aim
of the women; for which purpose they eat various
unwholesome articles of food, as they consider this
beauty cannot be too dearly purchased. The
Egyptians have a piece of white cloth constantly
bound over their foreheads, and even the lowest
contrive to veil their faces; but on the Nubian
side they plait their hair in a neat manner, and
form it into a kind of helmet by no means unbecoming;
but being saturated with raw fat, and
powdered with a black powder, made from the
bark of a tree very noisome in its perfume, these
ladies are by no means sweet creatures. This is
not the same with the henna so universally used in
Asia for giving colour to the eyes, being a far inferior
preparation.
The women in the neighbourhood of the Cataracts
are more frank in their manners, much less
covetous, and of more kindly dispositions, and the
same temper may be found in those Mahometan
women of rank, who have been, from their situation
in life, accustomed to more gentle manners. Over
all the power of the husband is absolute; and there
would be few situations in which the law would interfere
to punish the murder of a wife. In this
respect the Christians, though they here have
little pretension on the score of morality, yet have
so far imbibed a better spirit as to be more merciful
E5
E5v
82
and kind to the women. It is observed by Mrs.
Belzoni, that such of the Mahometan women as she
conversed with, were far from prejudiced in favour
of their own religion, and might, in her opinion, be
easily converted to Christianity. In their candour
they prove their own powers of observation, which
has served to show the most ignorant, that this religion
alone is the friend and protector of woman.
We must not take leave of this country (bounded
as our accounts have necessarily been) without
mentioning a body of men who have long been the
actual rulers of Egypt, and for a time were its
acknowledged princes,—these are the Mamelucs
or Mamlouks. They are a body of soldiers, who
were originally slaves from a particular district of
Africa, and were raised by the Egyptian sultans
for their defence at the time of the Crusades.
Being trained only to the art of war, they made
excellent horse-soldiers, and are so expert in the
management of their Arabian steeds as to excite
the admiration of Europeans; although their dress
is singularly cumbersome, from the quantity of
garments they wear, and very ugly in its appearance,
but frequently of great value from the gold
and jewels with which the higher officers adorn
themselves.
Their numbers are recruited by slaves brought
from the original country; for although they intermarry
with all the best families of the country, it
is found that their progeny seldom survive the
E6r
83
second generation. The circumstances of receiving
these reinforcements of strangers is found to increase
their power, as the youths so brought
attach themselves inviolably to the master under
whose care they are placed, and the body to which
they are attached. They are ferocious, perfidious,
and every way wicked, and have greatly added to
the evils which distress the country which they
serve nominally, and tyrannise over systematically.
There have existed, from the earliest records, a
race of men in Egypt who possess the power of
taking serpents, and rendering them obedient and
harmless. They are termed Phsilli, and are said
to be of one tribe or family only, who have never
communicated their secret; but it is known that the
art is also practised among the Hindoos, with
whom, in many respects, the Egyptians seem to have
an affinity, as we have already observed.
Chap. II.
Situation of Nubia.—Inhabitants.—Burckhardt on Crocodiles.
—Arabs of Africa.—Moors.—Abyssinia.—Its Provinces
and Products.—Religion and Government.—Personal
beauty.—Marriages.—Gondar.—Mountains.—Bruce.—
The Shulalah.—Brind Feasts.—Christening at Abyssinia.—
Bruce’s Description of the Cataract of the Nile near Geesh.
—The Sources of the Nile.—The Altars erected near it.
Nubia is bounded to the north by Egypt, to the
east by the Red Sea, to the south and south-east
by Abyssinia and the deserts; great part of it
being also desert, and inhabited by wandering
tribes of Arabs. This people may be considered
indeed the population of Nubia, as their language
is spoken throughout the country, but a great
number of Turks are also incorporated with them
from the country, being mostly subjected to that
people. Nubia consists of several kingdoms, of
which Sunaar and Dongola are the chief: the
natives divide it into two parts, Wady Kenous and
Wady el Nouba: according to their own tradition,
they are derived from the Bedouin Arabs. They
are governed by three brothers, who pay tribute
to the Pacha of Egypt, by whom it is transmitted
to the Porte. Durr is the residence of the chief
governor; but they are all continually moving about
for the purpose of collecting their taxes; and each
E7r
85
being very avaricious, they rob each other as much
as it is in their power.
One method of extorting money from the
people, is that of demanding in marriage the
daughter of any wealthy man, as few durst refuse
the governor, and many would be proud of the
honour: these gentlemen have plenty of wives,
who never fail to prove innocent means of
ruining their fathers, from whom the husbands perpetually
exact presents. In general, the Nubians
purchase their wives, six camels being a common
price; of these, the father-in-law returns three, as
a wedding gift. A wife can insist upon divorce
as well as a husband; but then she must have all
her clothes taken from her, and her head shaved.
Mr. Burckhardt informs us, that the Nubians are
extremely jealous of the honour of their wives; and
on a slight suspicion of infidelity a husband will
carry his wife to the side of the river, plunge a
knife into her breast, then throw her into the
water, “to be food for the crocodiles.”
The same excellent author assures us, that he
found the Nubians generally of a kind disposition,
and without that propensity to theft which characterises
the Egyptians, whereas Sir Frederic Henniker
found them much given to it on the confines of
the two countries, which most probably arose from
their connection with the Egyptians. Both these
travellers describe them as a clever, intelligent race,
capable of great improvement; of dark complexion,
E7v
86
brilliant eyes, athletic forms; supple and graceful
in action; wearing scarcely any clothes; of bold
and daring spirits, and strongly attached to their
native country. If they were not kept down by
the tyrannic government by which they are oppressed
and harassed, no doubt they would be dangerous
neighbours to the Egyptians, who are disposed to
peace, and almost no effeminacy. The dreadful
cruelties practised by the French at the period of
their inroads on that unoffending and defenceless
country, would not have passed unrevenged in
Nubia, scattered and weak as they appear to be,
when opposed to disciplined armies, like those
whose bravery was then strained by ferocity and inhumanity.
In some respects Nubia resembles Egypt, its
fertile parts being very fertile, and its deserts very
barren, yet blessed by a kind of moss on which the
temperate and patient camel can browse. In Dongola
they have a fine breed of horses, which are
principally purchased by the Mamelukes, as they
will not live in more northern countries; their mules
are also very good. They are much troubled with
the hippopotamus in some parts, and in others
with the crocodiles. Of these Mr. Burckhardt informs
us:—
“Crocodiles are very numerous about Shendy. I
have generally remarked, that those animals inhabit
particular parts of the Nile, from whence they
seldom move: thus in Lower Egypt they have entirely
E8r
87
disappeared, although no reasonable cause
can be assigned for their not descending the river.
The same is the case in different parts of Nubia,
towards Dongola. At Berber nobody is afraid of
encountering crocodiles in the river; and we bathed
there, very often swimming out into the midst of
the stream: at Shendy, on the contrary, they are
greatly dreaded. The Arabs, the slaves, and the
femalse, who repair to the shore of the river near
the town, every morning and evening to wash their
linen, and fill their water-skins for the supply of
the town, are obliged to be continually on the alert;
and such as bathe take care not to go any great
distance into the river. I was several times present
when a crocodile made its appearance, and
witnessed the terror it inspired. During my stay
at Shendy, a man who had been advised to bathe
in the river after having escaped the small-pox,
was seized and killed by one of these animals. At
Senmaar, crocodiles are often brought to market,
and their flesh is publicly sold. I once tasted
some of the meat at Esne in Upper Egypt: it is
of a dirty white colour, not unlike young veal, with
a slight fishy smell. The animal had been caught
by some fishermen, and was above twelve feet long.
The governor ordered it to be brought into his
court-yard, where more than a hundred balls were
fired against it without any effect, till it was thrown
on its back, and the contents of a small swivel discharged
E8v
88
at its belly, the skin of which is much
softer than that of the back.”
The Arabs who inhabit the mountains between
Nubia and the Red Sea are a very savage people.
They live entirely on flesh and milk, and eat the
former raw. They are said to be fond of the hot
blood of their slaughtered sheep, and consider the
raw marrow of camels a great luxury. They trade
to Derr with senna, sheep, and ostrich-feathers,
these birds being abundant in their mountains.
The Arabs may, generally speaking, be divided
into three classes. Those who have abandoned
their wandering life, and are settled in towns or
villages, where they apply themselves to traffic,
and sometimes to literature, are found in the
courts of princes, and form marriages with Africans
out of their own tribes. These are despised and
branded with the name of “courtiers” by the rest.
The second class is those who follow agriculture,
and breed camels and horses. Many of these live
in Libya and Numidia, but they are looked upon
as bastards and unworthy the name of Arabs, resembling
in their habits the savages of which we
have lately spoken. They are stout and martial,
and carry on a considerable trade in Barbary horses,
in Negroland.
The most considerable class live in deserts under
tents, and scorn all subjection to any but their
own Sheikhs, or heads of tribes. Holding themselves
as the sons of Ishmael, they maintain this
E9r
89
freedom as a privilege granted to their progenitor
by God himself. Many powerful princes have
sought to subdue them, and even extirpate them,
but hitherto without effect, although they sometimes,
in their fierce encounters with each other,
seem likely to produce that end. There is a strong,
though painful, interest excited by these people in
whatever way we contemplate them. They live by
plunder, and may truly be said, “to have their
hand against every man,” yet they are hospitable
to all who seek their assistance, and scorn nothing
so much as the churl who would withhold his
best morsel from a stranger; and although they
will extort a high price for their services, will perform
them when the bargain is concluded with a
fidelity that includes the risk of life itself.
They carry with them numerous herds, cattle
and camels, which on the slightest alarm they remove,
together with extensive families of women
and children, in the most rapid manner imaginable.
Their tents are of two kinds, one made of camel’s
and goat’s hair, woven with great dexterity by
the women, exceedingly light, yet proof against
heavy rain; the other made of the bark of trees in
the way of a portable tent, that can be set upon
the back of a camel. Their hearths are in the
middle of the tent, round which they sit, every
article of their furniture being of the same useful
and simple kind as their habitations. In their own
dress, the ornaments of their women, and the
E9v
90
sumpter of their horses and weapons, they display
their wealth; and gold, silver, and precious stones,
frequently adorn these children of the desert.
The women are extremely industrious, and if
they remain long enough in any place to follow
agriculture, it is all effected by them: they grind
the corn, make the bread, and all the garments of
the family, as well as tend the sheep and the goats,
for when the Arab is not out on his horse engaged
in reconnoitering, or attacking, he is indolent and
useless. They are, however, fully aware of the
value of their wives, and treat them with great personal
respect and tenderness, and are so proud of
their modesty, that their most binding oath is “by
the honour of their women:” such, indeed, is the
prudence and reserve of the women, and the proper
impression made on the men, in early life, with
respect to the sacred nature of marriage, that a
divorce is a very rare occurrence, and when it takes
place, the husband uses no other punishment than
that of sending back his wife to her relations, who
never fail to give a speedy death to one who has
dishonoured her family by meriting this disgrace.
The women are always kept in a part of the tent
divided by a kind of curtain, when any strangers
are admitted, and when seen, are covered to below
the arms with a veil. It is supposed, from the appearance
of the men and children, that they are
handsome, for these are decidedly so, having in
general lofty brows, keen sparkling eyes, high noses,
E10r
91
and teeth of dazzling brilliance. On one occasion
only does it appear that any of our countrymen
were favoured with the sight of an unveiled Arab
woman (except such as were old and poor), and
then he witnessed a dance in one of their tents,
performed in honour of the Sheikh’s birth-day by
two very handsome young women. They were
splendidly arrayed, and danced with slow and
graceful movements in the most elegant manner,
keeping their eyes fixed to the ground.
They were much fairer than the men, and possessed
the general characteristics of Asiatic beauty,
but with more quiet dignity; and when this little
exhibition of their skill was over, retired to their
own female sanctorum, avoiding not only the expression
but the gaze of admiration.
The women wear long drawers and shifts over
them, made either of linen or coloured gauze, with
wide sleeves not contracted at the wrist. Those of
the maidens are richly adorned with needle-work
of silk. The outer garment is girt to the body
with a girdle of rich embroidery, and over this
the female has a mantle, or robe of a rich azure
hue, which envelops her person and hides even
her feet. Their heads and hands are covered with
a veil, and their necks, breast, ears, and hands,
adorned with beads of amber, rings, and jewels of
every description, and sometimes even their ankles
are adorned with silver bells, like those on the
corals of children. In the tent, when not seen, all
E10v
92
this finery is dismissed, and the daughters of a
Sheikh, like women of the lowest order, merely
wear a cloth which reaches no lower than the
knees, and, wrapping over the breast, leaves the
limbs at liberty.
The men who can afford it wear, over their shirt
and trowsers, also a kaftan, or jacket, with long
narrow sleeves, which is girt with a broad sash,
being made without buttons: their scimitar or cutlass,
purses and handkerchief, are all appended to
this sash. They have socks of red morocco leather,
and red caps on their heads, encircled by several
rounds of fine white muslin, and over their kaftans
a sayd, or surtout, of white woollen cloth, without
sleeves, but having a large cape fastened behind,
with a handsome tassel, which is intended to be
drawn over the turban in case of rain. When on
horseback they carry their weapons across the
saddle-bow, holding in their hands the zagaz or
short lance, and their command of the handsome
animal on which they ride renders their tout-ensemble
very striking.
The diet of this people is very homely, being in
general bread made of millet, maize, or rice, formed
into cakes, and baked on the hearth or in a pan.
When dipped into honey, or oil and vinegar
beaten together, it becomes a luxury. Captain
Mangles and Mr. Rae Wilson, who hired Arab
guides to Palmyra and Arabia Petræa, say it is
surprising how quickly the food of this description
E11r
93
was prepared for them in the desert. The Arab
pushed on before them, lighted a fire of camel’s
dung, which ignites in a moment, then kneaded
his cake, placed it on a stone, and baked it ready
for them to dip into his vessel of honey, the process
taking not more than twenty minutes.
Valiant and free, capable of feeling love in all
its strength and purity, untamed by the severity of
study as it relates to science and literature, the
intellectual energies of the Arab are developed in
his knowledge of natural philosophy, rhetoric, and
poetry. His eloquence is terse, impressive, and
pathetic, and his compositions, which relate to his
exploits in war and his emotions in love, and are
set to simple music, if properly translated, would
frequently convey, even to polished nations, the most
awakening and affecting feelings which language
can communicate, and thus evince the very essence
of soul-touching poetry, though in its most simple
and artless mode of expression.
Many writers have confounded those Moors who
live in the same manner as the Arabs (which is
much the case in Barbary) with the Arabs, more
especially as they also are followers of Mahomet.
Those descendants of the ancient Mauritanians,
called Moors or Maures, are, however, a very distinct
people, although very similar in their customs.
The Moors generally pay tribute to the government
where they reside, which is strictly exacted
from them, whereas the sons of Ishmael own no
E11v
94
lord of the soil, and obey only their Sheikh, whose
command does not extend beyond his tribe,
although he appoints an officer called Dow-bar as
a judge under him. The marriages of both are
much the same, the bride being bought as already
mentioned. When an Arab wife is taken to her
husband’s tent, she puts a stick as deep into the
ground as she can, to indicate that she cannot be
removed thence without force; she is then taken to
milk the cows or camels, and perform other offices,
before she enters the tent, where she remains for
one month veiled to all but her husband, when she
enters on the general business of a wife.
At the death of an Arab, the women make outrageous
lamentations, which are not considered so
much the proof of grief, as the giving of honour,
whereas the men, however severe their sorrow may
be, always preserve perfect silence. As they have
no mosques, all their religious ceremonies take
place in their tents. When they have no water
they rub themselves with sand, in order to perform
the ablutions required by the Koran.
Although all intoxicating liquors are forbidden
to Mussulmen, yet the inhabitants of many parts of
Nubia indulge to excess in a liquor called bouza,
made from dhaurra, and fermented. They call it,
when good, “the mother of nightingales,” because
it makes the drunkard sing. Such is the effect of
their intemperance, aided by a natural disposition
to depravity, and an entire freedom from the restraints
E12r
95
of law, that Burckhardt says, “I am convinced
there were few men amongst my fellow-
travellers who would have given a dollar to save a
man’s life, or who would not have consented to a
man’s death, to gain one. Care must be taken not to
be misled by their polite protestations, especially
when they come to Egypt, where they represent
their own nation as possessing superior excellence,
whereas, infamous as the eastern nations are in
general, I have never met with any so bad as these.”
Sir F. Henniker describes the Nubians he hired to
visit the Cataracts as of the same character, but
gay and lively, frequently singing a song, of which
the chorus ran thus: “Come, come to the Cataracts,
and you shall be clothed in Cashmere. Nubia is
the land of roses.”
From man we must turn for a short time to the
animals of Nubia, which applies equally to the
neighbouring country of Abyssinia. Horses of
uncommon beauty,—elephants, which are here never
tamed for the service of man, but hunted for their
flesh in some parts, and in other, from superstitious
motives, never molested,—rhinoceroses, which are
seen only in the most retired parts,—zebras, or
wild asses beautifully striped, and that most curious
animal the giraffe or camelopard. These beautiful
E12v
96
creatures are caught when young by the Nubians,
and tamed: they are as tall as a camel, with
a small head resembling that of deer, and a long
beautiful neck, measuring six feet from the nape,
from which cause they browse principally on the
leaves of trees, not being able to graze on the
ground with facility.
The camel, man’s best friend in these regions,
and the swift dromedary, are also common to this
country, and tigers, lions, panthers, leopards,
wolves, foxes, buffaloes, wild boars, elks, and stags;
to which may be added, the dante, or wild bull, said
to be more swift than any creature except the
ostrich. These birds are numerous; and they have
no fewer than seven kinds of eagles, and another
bird of prey, the size of a turkey, appearing to have
four wings. There are two birds with horns, one
of which Europeans call the devil: mackaws, cockatoos,
parrots, and every kind of domestic poultry,
together with all that come under the description
of game, are abundant. Nubia and Abyssinia are
also infested with a dreadful variety of serpents,
some of them of prodigious length and bulk, and
exceedingly subtle: they will slide into houses in
the night-time to seize on one of the family or any
domestic animal. The breath of some of these
creatures is said, from its horrid smell, to be poisonous;
and of others the very touch is so venomous,
that the person cannot be saved without immediate
amputation of the limb infected.
Besides the larger serpents there are small ones
of every description. The viper is the greatest
evil, because the inhabitants, whether Christian or
Mahometan, retain a superstition which forbids
them to kill vipers, so that in some parts the country
may be said to swarm with them. They have also
insects of the same deadly nature, scorpions, tarantulas
(called dubs), a small insect which frequently
adheres to the eye-lashes and cannot be drawn out,
because, if broken, it will cause the most excruciating
pains, and produce gangrene or death. The
camelion is also a native of this place: locusts and
ants are amongst its worst enemies; the ravages of
the former are well known, those of the latter would
probably exceed them if it were not for the interference
of monkies, who seek and devour them. The
monocephalus, a species of monkey with the head of
a dog, is a monster peculiar to this land and Egypt;
and in the woods are found pongas or gigantic apes,
of whom many extraordinary tales have been related.
Every kind of fish may be found here; some of
which are said to be superior to the same species
in the Mediterranean, and many pearls are found
also. Of those monsters of the Nile, the crocodile
and hippopotamus, we have not room to say more.
There is no possibility of travelling through Nubia
with any degree of safety, except in company with
those bodies of merchants called Caravans; and
F
F1v
98
even then you will be attacked by the Arabs, unless
by reconnoitering these systematic robbers become
aware that you are too strong for them. Every
traveller must have plenty of fire-arms, in which the
Arabs are always deficient; so that a good gun or
pistol, and a few charges of powder, are always
valuable presents, both arms and ammunition being
equally bad; and their great command of spears
make fire-arms the more necessary. Every petty
governor expects a present for the slightest service;
and there is no act of justice ever performed without
being considered a species of disease; and the
women, in particular, seem struck with loathing at
the sight of a tolerably fair person. This objection
is not often made; for the heat of an Egyptian sky
frequently renders travellers, even from the north
of Europe, sufficiently embrowned; but there have
been instances where the women shrieked and the
children fled in terror from the face of a white
man, who at home would be deemed extremely
handsome.
The women of Nubia, with the exception of the
Bedouin (or wandering) Arabs, are by no means
entitled to the praise of modesty, notwithstanding
the severity of the married men towards their wives.
They are frequently handsome; but in some parts
so fond of tattooing the skin, as to render themselves
disagreeable to the eye of an European. Although
F2r
99
compelled to perform all the drudgery, they do not
sink under it as the poor Egyptians do, and have a
spirit and animation about them that is extremely
pleasing: they are by nature more vivacious and
intelligent than those of Egypt. “Both sexes
wear the common Nubian dress, a Danmour shirt
and a cloak of the same stuff thrown over the
shoulders: they have brass or silver rings on the
toes, and leather aprons. In their tents they
suspend ornaments of shells and black ostrich feathers.
The women go unveiled; and the most respectable
think it no shame to be seen chatting with
a man in their tents, even when the husband is
absent.”
It is said, that in many parts treachery is not
considered disgraceful; and a man will boast of his
bad faith whenever it has led to the attainment of
his object. When they meet in parties to drink
bouza, it is generally in company with loose women:
the liquid is placed in a large gourd, and each
person holds a small one, the size of a tea-cup,
in his hand; as they become inebriated, they grow
quarrelsome, and as every man is armed, they
rarely part till blood is shed, and, most probably,
murder committed; and it is always observed that
the wretched and helpless women come in for their
full share of the mischief.
Houses in Nubia, particularly in the kingdom of
Sennaar, are built of clay and straw: the walls of
the capital are of the same material; and, as it
F2
F2v
100
stands near the Nile, if that river should happen to
rise unusually high, the walls become humid, and
break down, the river enters, and half the city melts
before the flood. Their houses are only of one
story, except for men of rank, who are distinguished
by living in what they term a house upon a
house.
In Sennaar the banks of the Nile are pleasant,
and after the rains the air is sweet and refreshing;
but as the sun increases in power, all beauty suddenly
vanishes; vegetation is dried up, noxious
gales, moving sands, and various diseases arise from
that intolerable glare of day which dazzles the
sight, and withers the strength of man.
The trade of Sennaar is not great. The military
force consists of about fourteen thousand Nubians
and one thousand eight hundred black slaves, who
are handsomely mounted on black horses, armed in
coats of mail, and using a sword as their only weapon.
The former fight naked, having a short javelin and a
round shield as their arms. The kingdom of Sennaar
has been, for the last four hundred years,
governed by a race of Negro kings, who adopted
Mahometanism for the sake of trading with Grand
Cairo. Bruce informs us, that the king ascends
his throne with an understanding that it is lawful
for his subjects to put him to death, upon a
council being held by his officers, and a decree
passed that it is for the advantage of the state.
The principal offices of state are held by
F3r
101
slaves, who may be called the only nobility.
This circumstance does not attach solely to Sennaar:
at Bornou the great general, Barca Gana, is
a slave.
Sennaar, the capital of this country, is surrounded
by a district of amazing fertility, but singularly
unhealthy for animal life, as no domestic
creature ever breeds there, or, indeed, continues to
live beyond a short time; but within a few miles
this peculiarity ceases. The superabundance of
grain raised in this country is lodged in granaries,
which are very serviceable, as the Arabs are much
addicted to pillaging their fields.
This ancient country is three hundred leagues
long, and two hundred and eighty leagues broad;
bounded to the east by the Red Sea (or Arabian
Gulf), north by Nubia, west by Nigritia, and
south by Caffraria and Gingiro.
It is divided into twelve provinces,—Masuak,
Tigrè, Samen, Begemder, Amhara, Walaka,
Gojam, Damot, Maitsha, Dembea, Kuara, and
Nara. The capital of this great country is Gondar.
The Nile is still the principal river, and the great
source of fruitfulness, and nearly surrounds the
province of Gojam. There are, however, many
other fine rivers. The province called Walaka
is low but fertile land, and is inclosed by the rivers
F3
F3v
102
Geshon and Samba. It was famous for giving
a retreat to the last remaining prince of the house
of Solomon, whose followers and their posterity
resided here near four hundred years.
These provinces differ considerably in their
situation, some being flat and fertile, but unhealthy,
and others exceedingly mountainous. The rainy
season is from April to September, after which
their fine weather is uninterrupted. The winds
here are tremendous, the thunder awful, and the
rain falls in torrents; but being quickly succeeded
by heat, the fecundity of the earth is amazing:
they have a perpetual spring of fresh grass in their
meadows, and their trees exhibit blossoms and fruit
at the same moment. Their animals are the same
as those of Nubia, but their elephants are much
more numerous and destructive, and their plains
are ravaged by lions and tigers. They have also
an insect called zimb, a little larger than a bee,
that proves dreadfully destructive to every animal.
The pipe, a singular bird, attaches itself to sportsmen,
and never leaves them till it has pointed out
game, living itself upon the offals, which are left for
it; but as it will conduct to a tiger or a serpent also,
it is necessary for its follower to be well armed.
Another bird called moroc will guide the traveller
to honey, and wait near him to receive a share of
the prize, which is made, by a singular bee, in cells
formed beneath the earth. Abyssinia is ravaged by
clouds of locusts, which devour the fruits of the
F4r
103
earth whilst they live, and occasion disease when
they are dead, by the pestilential smell of their
bodies, which spread over so large a surface that
they cannot be removed, or interred, with sufficient
rapidity.
The religion of Abyssinia continues to be nationally
Christian, but there are a great number of
Jews, Pagans, and Mohammedans in the country;
and it may be truly said, that their churches “have
sought out for themselves many inventions,” since
the time when St. Philip converted the eunuch,
who is said to have brought the religion of the
Gospel into this country. The emperor of Abyssinia
must by law assume the sacerdotal character, on
or before his coronation, and on occasions of
public solemnity he must perform the priestly
office; on which account it is supposed that this
kingdom in Europe was once called the land of
Prester-John, since such name is unknown in the
country. The emperors are descended from
Solomon, by a son born to him by Candace queen
of Ethiopia, and claim the blamable privilege of
their great ancestor, in having wives of all countries
and all religions, so that the palace is surrounded
by mosques, temples, and churches. The
crown is hereditary, but does not necessarily descend
to the eldest, as the father can bequeath it
by will to a favourite son. St. Athanasius, during
his residence at Alexandria, placed the affairs of
the Abyssinian church under the patriarch of that
F4
F4v
104
place, prohibiting that office from being held by a
native Abyssinian. The effect of this law has
been very injurious, the patriarchs of Egypt having
sold the lucrative situations of the church to
ignorant and unworthy men, whereby the superstitions
of their Pagan and Mahometan countrymen
have crept into the established church. The
Portuguese father, who at different times visited
Abyssinia, took great pains to convert the king
and people to the Roman Catholic religion; but
though they succeeded with the former in two
instances, the latter were averse to it, and many civil
wars and much bloodshed were the consequence.
Peter Paez, a sensible and clever man who taught
them to build houses, and instructed them in mechanical
arts, was naturally so endeared to them,
that his arguments, in an after-period, went far to
persuade them on this subject also; but after his
death, they utterly renounced the Roman church
and persecuted it.
Their own religion is full of superstitious rites,
and in general they are grossly ignorant on the
points they yet strenuously defend, and their morality
is at a very low ebb. This is the more lamentable,
because they have in other respects
candid, ingenuous minds, and are of such peaceable
tempers, that the administration of justice is
with them rather a matter of arbitration than an
appeal to law,—it is yet certain, that their laws
F5r
105
are bloody and cruel, and that human life is of
little value in their sight.
Their history is very ancient, but sometimes absolutely
without records for ages, and it is only
where it has been collected by the Portuguese
that it is regularly arranged; and our limits forbid
us to enter upon the details of rebellions and
battles which constitute its annals, which are given,
we believe with fidelity, by Bruce. In their persons
they are striking, being majestic in stature, with
sparkling eyes, finely formed noses and lips, with
teeth of dazzling whiteness. In their manners they
are affected, both as to their gestures and style of
conversation, and they are immoderately fond of
dress. Their wives are allowed to visit their relations
and friends with a familiarity unknown to
other eastern countries, and they are in all respects
treated with confidence and consideration. A
marriage, to be legal, must be solemnised before
the door of the church; but Shaw says this is
often dispensed with among the poorer class, who
generally come together in the same manner as their
Moslem countrymen, by bringing the bride to her
future home with much parade, and making a
feast. It must be observed, that the proper marriage
of Christians here takes place on the outside
of the church, to denote that it is a civil, rather
than a sacred, institution. The form consists of
little more than blessing the parties, and sprinkling
F5
F5v
106
them with holy oil, but afterwards the new married
pair enter the church, and receive the sacrament.
The Abyssinians drink neither cider nor wine,
though they make both, and the latter in great
quantities. They are very fond of hydromel, a
pleasant liquor made of fermented honey. In the
arts of life they are singularly deficient, if we consider
them as an ancient and civilized people, since
we have seen it is within a short time that they
were indebted to a Jesuit for teaching them how
to build, a fact the more remarkable, when we remember
the proficiency of the old Egyptians.
They had at that time no idea of stairs, nor even
the proper placing of stones, yet they could weave
beautiful stuffs, and set jewels in a superior manner.
They are a people that rarely travel, nor
desire to see strangers in their country, so that
their minds have little chance of expanding. The
Turks who, in one form or other, nearly surround
their country, take care that no merchandise shall
reach it without being first made profitable to
themselves, and from these combined circumstances,
this country, though possessing inexhaustible
riches, is yet poor.
In this vegetable kingdom, they have the balm
of Gilead, the saffa, the myrrh tree, the ensete,
the coffee tree, cuffo, werginas, teff, and wheat;
also the papyrus, that celebrated plant of which
paper was made by the Egyptians, when the use of
hieroglyphics declined. It is no longer found in
F6r
107
Egypt, and not used here, as the people write upon
skins only.
In minerals, they have silver, but gold is more
plentiful, also lead and iron: their salt is very
abundant, and they consider it an article of great
value. It is a custom for every man to carry a
bit of salt in a bag suspended in his girdle, and
when two friends meet, each gives the other his bit
of salt to lick. This custom probably originates
in some idea resembling that of the Arabs, who
eat bread and salt in token of amity with those
whom they engage to protect.
The mountains of Abyssinia pour down numerous
rivers and streams, of equal beauty and utility,
and give a charming diversity to the country: the
rocks which adorn some of these enormous mountains
are the greatest natural curiosities of the
country, as they exhibit the appearance of cities,
churches, and palaces. It was in the midst of
these magnificent scenes, that the children of former
sovereigns were placed in vallies abounding
with all the luxuriance of eastern fruits and flowers,
amid pleasures suited to a simple taste, and far removed
from the dangers of ambition. When we
consider the number of children likely to arise
from the various marriages of these emperors, we
are inclined to think it a pity that the plan of thus
preserving them from evil was abolished; but we
F6
F6v
108
do not find, that the murders so prevalent in
Turkey and other Mahometan countries, under
similar circumstances, take place in Abyssinia.
Gondar, the capital, is situated on a high hill,
surrounded by deep valleys. The houses are principally
of clay, with roofs thatched in the form of
cones. The king’s palace is at the west end, and
surrounded by a wall thirty feet high, flanked with
square towers: it was formerly four stories high,
with a parapet wall, from whence the view over
the neighbouring country was of immense extent,
but having been partly burnt, still remains in ruins;
the apartments remaining being deemed equal to
the wants of the royal household, and the government
offices. The principal towns, besides Gondar,
are Dixan, Axum, and Masuah; the first is
also situated on a hill, and inhabited principally by
Moors, who carry on the trade of selling children
for slaves. Axum was at one period the capital
of Abyssinia, and in the ruins it still exhibits, conveys
a very different idea of the former state of the
country, as Bruce counted no fewer than forty
obelisks of granite in one square. They were
adorned with sculpture, but had no hieroglyphics.
Masuah is seated on a small island in the Red
Sea, near the coast of Abyssinia, and possesses a
most excellent harbour, with water deep enough for
the largest ships, and which has three divisions.
The island is so small that it is nearly covered by
houses, cisterns to receive rain-water, and a receptacle
F7r
109
for the dead. It was called by the ancients
Sebasticum Os.
The torrents of rain which fall in this country
occasion the waters of the Nile to be so turbid,
that they must be purified before they are drank.
The inhabitants effect this by putting bitter almonds
powdered to dust, in a jar full of water, mixing it
with the hand, after which the particles will settle,
and the water become liquid and excellent.
The most extensive modern writer on this
country is a Scottish gentleman, named Bruce,
thence called Abyssinia. At the time when his
works were published, 17901790, many of the details
were considered fabulous, and the veracity of the
writer severely attacked, but since then his accounts
have been verified by numerous travellers
in Egypt, and several (of the highest respectability)
in Abyssinia also. The latest traveller who has
published his journal is Mr. Salt, who is, on the
whole, inimical to Bruce, yet confirms in the course
of his work an assertion of this traveller which he
had denied in the former part of it.
This circumstance is the account given by Bruce,
that certain savages in Abyssinia, when on travel,
would cut slices out of the animals they were
driving, and eat them as food on the road. All the
wits in Europe have ridiculed this assertion, and
few persons have ventured to believe it; yet when
Dr. Clarke was in Grand Cairo, he met with an
Abyssinian dean, who admitted, “that the soldiers
F7v
110
of his country, when on marauding expeditions,
would take slices from the bodies of cows without
putting them to death at the time,” and that “raw
meat was esteemed delicious through the country,
and frequently taken from an ox or a cow in such
a state, that the fibres are still in motion, and the
attendants continue to cut slices till the animal dies.”
Mr. Pierce, who has resided some years in this
country, informed Mr. Salt, that he was in company
with two Lasta soldiers who had fasted long,
and who cut the shuladah, (the name they give the
pieces of flesh,) from a cow which had unfortunately
fallen into their hands. After the operation was
performed, the skin was laid over the wound and
plastered, and the poor animal was not killed till
the end of the journey.
Mr. Salt himself witnessed what is called a
brind feast, which he thus describes:—
“The sides of the table are covered with piles of
thin cakes made of teff, reaching to the height of a
foot, and two feet and a half in diameter; in the
middle, a row of curry dishes is placed; near the
Ras, there are a number of fine wheaten rolls for
his own use, and that of his favourites. The signal
to begin the feast is by his breaking and beginning
to distribute them: immediately, female
slaves, having washed their hands, dip the teff into
the curry, and serve it to all the guests, except the
ras, who receives his portion from a male slave,
F8r
111
and afterwards distributes it among the chiefs, who
acknowledge the favour by standing up and bowing.
Balls, composed of teff, greens, and curds, are next
handed about. In the mean time, the cattle are
killing in the adjoining yard; while the fibres are
yet quivering, the flesh is cut into large pieces:
these are of no regular size, but generally a piece
of bone is attached to the flesh, by which it
is brought into the dining-room. The chiefs
with their crooked knives cut off large steaks,
which they divide into long stripes half an inch in
diameter. If they are not pleased with the piece
they have got, they hand it to a dependent, who, in
his turn, if not pleased, hands it to another, till it
comes to one whose taste, or rank, does not authorise
him to reject it. As soon as the first party is
satisfied, they rise from the table and give way to
others. The last cakes are scrambled for with a
great noise;” and it appears that though the chiefs
sometimes feed themselves, they frequently feed
one another, as Mr. Bruce has described.
That this cruel and horrible feast is held as a
luxury, there can be no doubt; and it is plainly a very
ancient custom, since it is forbidden by the law of
Moses “to eat the flesh with the life thereof, which
is the blood;” and from the knowledge of its impiety,
as a breach of this law, a learned Abyssinian was led
to deny the fact. For the honour of humanity we
will, therefore, hope, that although the custom seems
now undeniable, it is one of rare occurrence, and
F8v
112
belongs rather to peculiarly savage tribes, than
those who are under the regular government of the
country. To relieve the mind from the contemplation
of this beastly ferocity, (which yet we could
not omit to notice on account of the notoriety belonging
to it,) we shall give Mr. Salt’s description
of a christening, which he witnessed at Chalicut,
and which is very interesting.
priest, Abou Barca, with about twenty priests of an
inferior order, waiting in a small area about thirty
yards from the spot, some of whom were engaged
in chaunting psalms, while the rest were busy in
preparing the water and making other necessary
arrangements for the occasion. At sun-rise every
thing being ready, an attendant was sent round
from the high priest to point out to each person
concerned the part which he was to take in the
ceremony. The officiating priest was habited in
white flowing robes, with a tiara, or silver mounted
cap, on his head, and he carried a censer with
burning incense in his right hand; a second, of
equal rank, was dressed in similar robes, supporting
a large golden cross; while a third held in his hand
a small phial containing a quantity of consecrated
oil, which is furnished to the church of Abyssinia
by the patriarch of Alexandria. The attendant
priests stood around in the form of a semicircle, the
boy being placed in the centre, and our party
ranged in front. After a few minutes’ interval, F9r 113
employed in singing psalms, some of the priests
took the boy and washed him all over very carefully
in a large basin of water. While this was
passing, a smaller font, called ma-te-mak, (which is
always kept outside the churches, owing to an
unbaptized person not being permitted to enter the
church,) was placed in the middle of the area, filled
with water, which the priest consecrated by prayer,
waving the incense repeatedly over it, and dropping
into it a portion of the holy oil in shape of a cross.
The boy was then brought back, dripping from
head to foot, and again placed, naked and upright,
in the centre, and was required to ‘renounce the
devil and all his works,’ which was performed by
his repeating a given formula four different times,
turning each time towards a different point of the
compass. The godfather was then demanded, and
on my being presented, I named the child George,
in honour of His present Majesty, when I was
requested to say the Belief and the Lord’s Prayer;
and to make much the same promises as those
required by our own church. The head priest
afterwards laid hold of the boy, dipping his own
hand into the water and crossing him over the
forehead, pronouncing, at the same moment,
‘George, I baptize thee in the name of the Father,
Son, and Holy Ghost.’ The whole company then
knelt down, and joined in reciting the Lord’s
Prayer. Here I was given to understand the ordinary
ceremony of baptism concludes; but as the F9v 114
boy had been a Mussulman, he was, in addition,
crossed with a consecrated oil over every joint
and limb, or, altogether, thirty-six times in different
parts of his body. After this he was wrapped in a
clean white linen cloth (the chirsom of our church),
and placed for a moment in my arms, the priests
telling me ‘that I must henceforth consider him
as my son.’ That boy afterwards, according to the
custom of most of the eastern churches, was
admitted to partake of the Holy Communion.”
We shall conclude this division of our work with
Bruce’s description of the Cataract of the Nile,
which he passed on his way to the source, and
with the appearance of the river at the source.
sight that I ever beheld. The missionaries say
that the fall is about sixteen ells, or fifty feet.
The river had been considerably increased by
rains, and fell in one sheet of water, without any
interval, above half an English mile in breadth,
with a force and noise that was truly terrible, and
which stunned, and, for a time, made me perfectly
dizzy. A thick fume or haze covered the fall all
around, and hung over the course of the stream
both above and below, marking its track, though
the water was not seen. The river, though swelled
with rain, preserved its natural clearness, and fell,
as far as I could discern, into a deep pool or basin
in the solid rock, which was full, and in twenty
different eddies, to the very foot of the precipice; F10r 115
the stream, when it fell, seeming to run back with
great fury upon the rock, as well as forward in the
line of its course, raising a wave or violent ebullition
by chafing against each other.”
There is a smaller cataract nearer the sources
in which the water falls about sixteen feet, and is
then only an inconsiderable body, as the Nile (or
the river designated Nile) receives many considerable
additions within a few miles from the place
where it first appears. We are assured that “the
sources of the Nile have been worshipped time immemorial
by the inhabitants of the country;” that it
gushes from the edges of cliffs in various springs or
fountains near the village of Geesh, and has a kind
of green altar or hillock raised, on which religious
ceremonies are performed, at the first spring: the
second is not more than twenty yards distant, and
the water of both clear and tasteless; this also has
a green turfy altar. Our author says,
“Nothing can be more beautiful than this spot:
the small rising hills about us were all thickly
covered with verdure, especially with clover, the
largest and finest I ever saw; the tops of the
heights crowned with trees of a prodigious size;
the stream, on the banks of which we were sitting,
was limpid and pure as the finest crystal; the ford
covered thick with a bushy tree that seemed to
affect to grow to no height, but, thick with foliage
and young branches, rather to court the surface of
the water, whilst it bore, in prodigious quantities, a
F10v
116
beautiful yellow flower not unlike a single wild rose
of that colour, but without thorns.”
“We found it
was not a species of rose, but of hypericum.”
“From the source to this beautiful ford, below
the church of St. Michael, Geesh, after having
stepped over it fifty times, I observed it no larger
than a common mill stream. The Nile from this
ford runs to the westward: about four miles farther
the angle of inclination increasing, broken water
and a fall commences of about six feet, and thus it
gets rid of the mountainous place of its nativity,
and issues into the plain of Goutto, where is the first
cataract. Arrived in the plain of Guotto, the>>>>>>> .r50414
turns due north, receives the tribute of many small
streams which descend from the mountains of Aformasha,
and united fall into the Nile about twenty
miles below its source. It begins now to run rapidly,
and again receives a number of beautiful
rivulets.”
Part III.
The Present State of the Countries Borderingon the Mediterranean; Together
with an Account of Expeditions Taken by
the Portuguese in Africa.
Chap. I.
Barbary.—Morocco and Fez.—Capital.—Production.—
Algiers.—Ancient Cities.—Tunis.—Dress of Tunisian
Ladies.—Tripoli.—Its former importance.—Trade.—
Respect for the English.—Assassination of a Sheikh.—
Fezzan.—Tuarik.—Tibboos.
The large line of country generally denominated
Barbary, bounded on the north by the Mediterranean
Sea, east by Egypt and Libya, west by the
Atlantic, and south by the immense desert of
Zaara (or Sahara), is now usually divided into
five kingdoms,—Morocco, Fez, Algiers, Tunis,
and Tripoli. The extent is, from east to west,
twelve hundred miles; the breadth more or less
from three to four hundred.
The coasts and mountainous parts of this country
are rather cold than hot, and snow occasionally
F11v
118
falls there; the rainy season throughout
Barbary commencing in October. In April the
trees begin to bloom, at the end of the month they
gather ripe cherries, and in May their figs are ready
for plucking. We have already spoken of their
animals, and their articles of commerce. The inhabitants
are of three kinds,—African natives;
Turks engaged in commerce or seeking employment;
Arabians who dwell chiefly in the deserts,
as already described. The first (Africans) are
both black and white, but the former live in the
inland country, the latter on the coasts; they are
all Mahometans.
Beginning with the western point, we will speak
first of Morocco and Fez, as they are included in
one empire, of which the city of Morocco is
the metropolis, although Fez has also a capital of
its own name. These countries are the Numidia
and Mauritania Cesariensis of the ancients, and
are formed by the union of many small kingdoms,
formerly engaged in perpetual warfare. The kingdom
of Morocco comprehends Morocco, Escura,
Ramna, Daquella, Ada, Sherma, Hea, Suz, Dra,
and Gezala. The emperor lays claim also to the
sovereignty of the great desert, but it is certain the
wandering tribes who constitute the few inhabitants
it can boast do not allow his authority. The
climate of this country is by no means so hot as
to be unhealthy: it is surrounded by a chain of
mountains, the summits of which are covered with
F12r
119
snow, the rains are regular, and they enjoy a
barley harvest in March, cut wheat in June,
and have their vintage in September, prior to
which the ground is covered with fine grass and
beautiful flowers. The winter is mild, and there
is seldom occasion for a fire; but there is so much
humidity in the air, owing to the quantity of salt
which impregnates the ground, and occasions its
great fertility, that knives and scissors will rust in
the pocket. Melons of every kind, and the prickly
pear, or Barbary fig, are here in great perfection,
but their dates are not good, although palm trees
are numerous. At Suz they have an almond harvest,
which is always equally productive from the
mildness of the climate; and on the coasts of Salee
are forests of oak which produce acorns two inches
long. Wax and salt are staple commodities in
this country: but as the emperor taxed the former
very highly, the country people have taken less
care of their hives; the salt in many places can be
had for gathering. The Moors are generally indolent,
and cultivate only as much land as they
require for food, in consequence of which two thirds
of the country lies waste. They are divided into
numerous tribes, between many of whom there
are traditional sources of quarrel, which prevents
them from intermarrying, or even engaging in any
general employment: the present race are altogether
far degenerated from the same source which
produced the conquerors of Spain, and the princes
F12v
120
of the Alhambra. The present race of emperors
are styled Sheriffs, the title implies a son of Mahomet.
They came from Libya in the thirteenth
century.
This country is subject to the plague of locusts
in an extraordinary degree: many times has a
visitation from these animals produced a terrible
famine; but the people compensate this evil as far
as they can, by making food of their destroyers:
they salt and dry them in great quantities, and the
oily rancid taste, which is disagreeable to a stranger,
is conquered by habit, so that these hateful
creatures are eaten by the Moors with pleasure.
The capital is situated on a pleasant plain planted
with palm trees, having the great Mount Atlas to
the east; it is of vast extent, but little comparative
population; for it has been exposed at different
periods to so many devestations from ruinous
wars, that a considerable part is in ruins; and a city,
once capable of containing three hundred thousand
persons, being inhabited by about thirty thousand
only, has necessarily a melancholy character,
which is rendered here the more gloomy, because
numbers of robbers lurk in the dilapidated buildings,
and issue out to rob the passengers. Within
the walls are large squares inclosed, and planted
with orange trees, in which are the pavilions
of the princes; but the most remarkable of the
public edifices is the Elcaisseria, where rich stuffs
and other commodities are exposed for sale. The
G1r
121
mosques are very large, but by no means magnificent.
The Jews resident here have a quarter
assigned to them, and are under the guard of
an alcaid, to protect them from insult. Formerly the
nobles of Spain, who chose to accept of protection
from the emperor of Morocco, were in the same
manner accommodated with a portion of the city,
which is still called Andalusia. Of the three
thousand Jewish families, once said to be resident
here, amongst whom were many of great wealth,
as appears by the ruins of their houses and synagogues,
not more than two hundred remain, and
they, oppressed by tyranny, are in poverty and
distress. The emperor’s palace is built in the
Gothic style, at the extremity of the city fronting
the mountain. It is approached by arches of stone
elaborately ornamented, and within the walls are
various beautiful courts and gardens, laid out by
European gardeners.
The manners of this people, their superstitions,
&c. have been already spoken of: the Mahometan
of Turkey is that of Morocco; the slave of the
harem is every where the same. As already observed,
they are of dark complexion, manly stature,
free and graceful deportment, but mingling, at all
times, ferocity with their courage, cunning with
their politeness, and fraud with their haughtiness.
In low life, nothing can exceed the rigour and
cruelty with which their women are treated, as
they perform, beneath the fervid sun of this climate,
G
G1v
122
all the most laborious offices of life; and in the
higher circles, the idol whose beauty excels her
to-day, may be exchanged for a newer beauty tomorrow,
and left to pine unregarded for the rest of
her existence, unless, by resentment, she provokes a
more speedy end to her sufferings.
The general description of the country of Morocco
applies equally to Fez, but it is much richer
in its manufactories, and of course in its merchandize;
and there are parts of it more fertile, but
others which being marshy are extremely unhealthy.
The principal exports are hides and leather of all
sorts, particularly that called Morocco; furs, wool,
dates, almonds, raisins, feathers, horses, gold dust, &c.
The mountains abound with game, and the forests
with wild beasts, the lions of Fez being the most
daring and savage in Africa. The capital, Fez, was
built by a descendant of Mahomet, called Ednis, and
his grandson founded a mosque, thought to be the
finest in all Africa, having colleges and hospitals
attached to it, which occasioned the city to be held
in great veneration; and it became the principal seat
of Arab learning and science, until the increase of
riches brought the luxury which produces vice, and
from being the seat of knowledge, Fez sunk into
the abode of licentiousness. Some love of learning
is yet preserved here; and the rich Moors send
their children to the schools of Fez, as the best
place of instruction afforded by the empire; yet it
is certain the inhabitants are, if more polished than
G2r
123
their countrymen, vain, superstitious, and intolerant.
The Mahometans of Andalusia, Cordova, and Grenada,
in Spain, flying here from the revolutions in
their own country, taught them the Spanish method
of dressing and dying skins, then called cordovan,
now morocco, though the dye used in that city is
the least perfect. Gauzes, silks, rich stuffs, and
beautiful sashes, wrought in gold and silver, are
made at Fez; and if industry were encouraged, it
is believed that much more might be effected.
Neither Jews nor Christians are permitted to reside
in this city, which lies in a deep valley surrounded
by hills, having a river winding through
it, which supplies the city with water, and turns
numerous mills. At a town called New Fez, contagious
to the old, the Jews are permitted to reside,
and to trade with the inhabitants, who never
fail to treat them with a cruel contempt, which
their necessity, or their avarice, could alone induce
them to endure.
All through these countries monuments are
found, which indicate the former residence of the
Romans, or the progress of their arts in the country.
Our latest traveller mentions finding a smith at
work, whose anvil was placed upon the capital of a
column; and Dr. Shaw gives us various drawings
and inscriptions, which were evidently Roman.
The former wealth and population of this country
were undoubtedly very great, and its capabilities are
very evident at the present day; but there is no
G2
G2v
124
probability of any improvement, since it appears
more bigoted and averse to European manners and
religion than its neighbours.
Many mud villages in this country were formerly
towns of considerable note; and vestiges of
their former importance are yet found on the seacoast,
which is very extensive.
Algiers.—Of all the countries of Barbary, there
is not one which is so attractive to our curiosity,
and repellant to our philanthropy, as Algiers.
From our earliest infancy, we learn to consider
an Algerine corsair as the most ferocious, terrific,
and unrelenting of human beings, and we follow
the victims he has seized, for the purpose of cruelly
enslaving them, with sensations of compassion so
acute, as to render sympathy a source of severe,
though praiseworthy, suffering.
This country (the Mauritania Tingitana of the
ancients) is bounded on the north by the Mediterranean,
on the east by Tunis, the west by Morocco,
and the south by the Atlas. It is four hundred and
sixty miles long, and varies from forty to one hundred
in breadth. It is divided into three provinces,
Tremecen, Tetterie, and Constantina, over each of
which a bey is appointed, who is, however, subject
to the Dey of Algiers. This sovereign is chosen
out of the army, and the lowest subaltern has a
right to become a candidate, so that Mahomet
Bashaw, who filled that place about a century
since, boasted that his father sold neats’ tongues,
G3r
125
and his mother sheep’s tongues; and so little do
these followers of the Prophet hold the laws of morality
in force, that when an English consul complained
of injuries suffered from their corsairs, the
ruling Dey answered, “The Algerines are a company
of rogues, and I am their captain.”
It is certain that this country may be termed a
nest of pirates, who have for many years made war
upon all Christian men, to whatever king or
country they might belong, but of late with the
exception of the English, of whom they stand in
awe; but the Spanish and Italian states have probably
suffered the most from them, as their light
vessels, termed corsairs, manned by intrepid and
skilful men, equally acute and ferocious, have not
hesitated to enter their bays and harbours to seize
upon light and slightly armed vessels, the crews of
which they have carried into captivity, and condemned
to the most cruel slavery, until a ransom
was obtained from their relations, which, of course,
could only be exacted from the rich. All who
were not redeemed experienced to the end of life
a state of suffering, more terrible, perhaps, than any
to be met with in the former history of West
India slavery, when it was fraught with horrors,
from which it is now, we trust, exempted.
It appears surprising that the princes of Christendom
should allow themselves to be thus injured
and insulted by a power, in fact, so insignificant,
but whose situation is unquestionably one of
G3
G3v
126
peculiar strength, since we do not find that any
other attacks on the capital, save those made by
the English, have been attended with success. In
16541654, the celebrated Admiral Blake, on receiving
the Dey’s refusal to surrender the English prisoners,
bombarded the city of Algiers, and nearly burnt it
to the ground; and in 18161816, Lord Exmouth besieged
it with such effect as to obtain the release of
every Christian prisoner within the country, and
obliged the Dey to sign a capitulation of the utmost
value to all who voyage on the Mediterranean, so
long as this base and treacherous nation will keep
its promises.
Dr. Shaw, who resided at Algiers as chaplain
to the British factory, and from whose researches
into this and the neighbouring countries, combined
with his learning and knowledge respecting their
ancient state, this country has been greatly enlightened
on the subject, thus defines its limits: “Algiers
is bounded on the west with Twunt and the
mountains of Trara; to the south by the Sahara or
desert; to the east with the river Zaine, the ancient
Tusca; and to the north by the Mediterranean
sea. It was formerly the Tingitania.”
The country is mountainous, well watered, and
generally abounding in corn, pulse, and vegetables,
and in the animal kingdom wealthy, being in particular
famous for its horses, which are highly esteemed
for their beauty of form, grace of action,
and mettlesome spirit. The province of Constantina
G4r
127
exceeds the other two in size, and retains many
fine antiquities, as being formerly attached to the
Numidian territories. Its city of Cirta, or Constantina,
was founded by this people, and is described
by Pliny as one of their chief cities, and
forty-eight Roman miles from the sea. It has still
a fine aqueduct and cisterns, and a magnificent
edifice, which now serves for a Turkish garrison.
The side-posts of the gates of the city are of a fine
red stone, neatly moulded and panelled; and the
bridge “was a master-piece of workmanship,
having had the gallery and the columns of the
arches adorned with cornices and festoons, ox-heads,
and garlands.” Within and without the city are
numerous ruins, many of which are full of beauty;
but the most magnificent is the greater part of a
triumphal arch, called Cassir Goulah, consisting
of three arches, of which the middle one is the most
spacious. The Corinthian pillars, mouldings, and
friezes of this edifice are beautifully finished, and
peculiar to this place. It is one hundred and sixty
miles from the city of Algiers, which we must now
endeavour to describe.
This city, built on the side of a mountain, in the
midst of a pleasant and fertile country, and overlooking
the sea for a considerable distance, was
taken from the Christians in 15261526, by Barbarossa,
the corsair. It is called by the Turks Al-jeneire-
al-ganie, that is, Algiers the warlike. The houses
G4
G4v
128
rise one above another so abruptly, on the declivity
where it is planted, that every one enjoys a view of
the sea, and of course can witness the approach of
danger. The citadel is built on the highest part
of the city; but its best fortifications are upon a
mound, which was formerly the island which gave
its name to the city. The walls are not strong,
but they have many additional fortifications, especially
one built by the Spaniards, and said to be
bomb proof; all these, however, gave way before the
fleet of Lord Exmouth, and but for his humanity,
the whole town would in short time have been one
mighty ruin, falling on the heads of its inhabitants.
In the neighbourhoods of Algiers are many small
but pretty country seats, the retreats of the wealthier
inhabitants, but the city itself contains one hundred
and fifty thousand inhabitants. The place is singularly
well supplied with water, in consequence of
which the gardens are well stocked with fruit-trees
and evergreens. The port is safe, and it has every
advantage for commerce; so that its powers of doing
good are commensurate with that evil it has hitherto
willed to do, and which, it is to be hoped, will be
henceforward restricted by force, since reason and
humanity are not likely to produce it.
The kingdom of Tunis is bounded, north and east,
by the Mediterranean sea, to the west by the kingdom
of Algiers, and to the south by that of Tripoli.
It is, from the island of Jerba, in N. lat. 33° 30′, to
Cape Serra, in N. lat. 37° 12′, two hundred and
G5r
129
twenty miles in breadth, and one hundred and
seventy in length.
The government of Tunis, like that of Algiers, is
despotic, but hereditary, the sovereign being called
the Bey. After the decline of the Roman power,
the Vandal kings had possession of this country,
and after them the Saracens governed it by a
viceroy called an Emir. The Emperor of Morocco
next possessed it, after which it became a province
of the Othman empire, under Selim II. It is divided
into two parts, called the summer and winter circuits,
because the Bey travels through them at
those two periods. The summer circuit, or northern
district, called Zengitania, is the more pleasant,
fertile, and populous, and abounds in villages,
which have formerly been towns of great consideration,
as their numerous antiquities evince. Some
of these are inhabited by Andalusian Moors and
others, who settled here on being driven out of
Spain. The general appearances of the country,
and its inhabitants, is that of cheerfulness and prosperity;
for the government is much more mild than
any of the Mahometan states, and the people are
therefore proportionately industrious, improving,
and happy. The winter circuit, or Bizacium, lies
principally on the sea-coast, and has a poor soil,
much sand, and in other parts is either so marshy
or mountainous as to come far short of the fertility
common to these countries. There are, however,
many places of note in antiquity found here, as
G5
G5v
130
Heraclea (now called Herkla), and Susa, still a considerable
city, producing oil and linen, and shewing
vaults and granite pillars, indicative of its former
greatness. At Sefatula are the remains of three
Roman temples of extraordinary beauty, and at
Jemme there are columns, mutilated statues, and
the remains of a spacious amphitheatre, all indicating
its former greatness. It is supposed to have
been built by the Emperor Gordian, who was
crowned at this place.
The inhabitants of this kingdom are a mixture
of Turks, Moors, Arabians, Jews, and Christians,
merchants, and slaves. In this respect they resemble
the Algerines, but by no means in their
manners and customs; for they are polite and
friendly in their intercourse with strangers and
each other, and considerate and humane to their
slaves. Consuls of all nations reside in their
capital, and receive from the government all due
attention, so that the rights of commerce are protected,
and their manufactories improved, by which
they become richer than their plundering neighbours.
The dress of both sexes is becoming.
That of the Arabians we have already described:
the Moors and Turks wear scarlet caps, with
turbans of muslin or silk of a great length twisted
round them, the number of the folds distinguishing
the rank and order of the wearer. Their first
garment is of linen, over which is a tunic, or
loose gown with wide sleeves, which, when worn
G6r
131
by women, are made of gauze, and bound by ribands
round the wrists: both sexes have rich
girdles, into which the man puts his dagger and
pistols. When a Moorish woman goes out, she
wraps herself in a hyke, which is a kind of light
blanket, five or six yards in length, and capable of
being made the whole dress, and generally is thus
used by the Arabs. With this wrapper, in addition
to her veil, she is completely hidden; but when
they are at home, and in their country houses,
this disguise is abandoned, and the Tunisian lady
is frank and graceful in her manners and demeanor,
yet dignified and modest. They wear their hair
extremely long, and affect to have it reach the
ground before they begin to plait it, which they
frequently do, with an intermixture of riband,
and then bind it round the head, in the manner
frequently seen in ancient sculptures; over this a
small half handkerchief richly worked is placed,
and above it a sarmah, made of thin flexible plates
of gold or silver, over which a handkerchief of
crape or gauze, bound round the sarmah, and falling
over the hair, completes the head-dress of a
Moorish lady.
But none would hold themselves dressed till
they had tinged the hair and edges of their eye-lids
with al kabol (powder of lead ore). This operation
is performed by dipping a small wooden bodkin
into the powder, and then drawing it afterwards
through the eyelids over the ball of the eye. It is
G6
G6v
132
thought to add great beauty to persons of all complexions,
and was the way in which Jezebel, when
she had painted her face, finished the adornments
of her person.
This country is subject to earthquakes, which
commonly happen after heavy rains in the autumn,
and are frequently felt at a great distance from the
land, where the water is very deep. In other
respects the climate is agreeable and healthy; the
winds from the sea are very refreshing; but it must
be confessed, that when they blow from the sandy
desert they are so suffocating that if they continue
for five or six days, the inhabitants are obliged
to have their floors sprinkled with water. They
are much better agriculturists than the Algerines,
but mines of metal they disregard. They export
to the Levant woollen stuffs, lead, gold-dust, and
chequins, together with vast bales of caps. They
manufacture carpets, but they are of a coarse
quality; and have also looms for velvets and rich
silks. Oil is with them a great article of commerce,
as they supply it for the lamps of Mecca
and Medina, packing it in jars, and not casks, as
the Arabians would think it polluted if put in a
vessel that might by chance have contained wine.
The Arabic tongue is used here for all conventions
G7r
133
and instruments, but commerce is carried on by the
medium of the Lingua Franca. The number of
French ships freighted at Tunis for the Levant is
one hundred and thirty; the number of the English
is uncertain. Treason and rebellion are common
here, because the succession is not so fixed on the
eldest son but that the Bey can alter it; in consequence
of which parties are made by the artful and
the ambitious, and bloodshed, by fraud or violence,
too frequently ensues.
The capital of Tunis is situated on a rising
ground on the banks of a lake, and surrounded by
marshes, but is said to be not unhealthy. The
quantity of odoriferous plants with which the ovens
and baths of the city are heated, in Dr. Shaw’s
opinion, preserves it from the pestiferous effects
that might be expected from such a situation. It
is about three miles in circumference, but contains
few buildings of any magnificence, except the great
mosque and the Bey’s palace, for although there
are five gates, none of them are grand; but in the
centre of the city there is a piazza of such extent,
that it formerly contained five thousand shops for
the sale of woollen and linen goods, for which this
city has long been famous. Many colleges and
schools, maintained by the public, are found at
Tunis, wherein learned men and doctors of the
Mahomedan law reside; they have also an exchange,
a custom-house, and an arsenal. The chief
fortification of Tunis is the castle; for although
G7v
134
there is a fortress called Godera, it is badly
supported. Tunis was bombarded by Admiral
Blake in 16551655.
Tripoli, bounded on the north by the Mediterranean,
on the east by Barca, or rather Egypt, as
Barca is, in fact, a province of Tripoli, on the
south by the Atlas mountains, and on the west by
Tunis and Biledulgerid, claims rank as a kingdom,
though it is tributary to the Grand Seignior. It is
divided into eight provinces, but is generally distinguished
as maritime and inland. Each part contains
cities, towns, and villages, but the former have
no consequence, the latter are mean, and the country
in general thinly populated; fishermen, pot-ash
makers, lime-burners, and a few poor cultivators,
constituting the inhabitants. The exactions of the
government, on one hand, and the incursions of the
Arabs on the other, having produced this state of
extreme misery. As they were themselves a band
of robbers, and have been restrained from successful
piracy by the watchfulness of the knights of
Malta, their means of supplying the exorbitant demands
of the Porte have ceased; and, as they have
not the ability nor industry to supply them by other
means, their difficulties cannot fail to be as great as
the inhumanity of their oppressors.
The government, religion, laws, and customs of
Tripoli resemble those of Algiers and Tunis,
but with this difference, that the beys of these countries,
though titulary subject to Turkey, are, in fact independent
G8r
135
sovereigns; whereas the bey of Tripoli
is subject to the Porte, and, in compliance with its
extortions, must subject the country he governs to
those cruel exactions which will ever prevent it
from rising to any degree of opulence and independance.
The Jews are very numerous here, and
a heavy tax is therefore laid upon them; and the
duties of imports and exports fetter the hands of
commerce in every direction. Their commerce is,
indeed, of a part with their character and situation;
for it consists chiefly of slaves, who are either purchased
for the Turkey market, or taken in their
corsairs as prisoners. They have another branch
in their ashes, which they purchase from the Arabians,
and sell to the Europeans to make glass and
soap with. It is a remarkable fact, that the defective
and subordinate government of Tripoli has yet
been celebrated for observing all its treaties with
scrupulous exactness, which is an advantage of
great moment to those countries which have dealings
with them, and naturally inspires the wish that
their commerce could be extended and their distresses
alleviated.
The history of this country is that of its capital,
of which we must now speak. The city of Tripoli
is a sea-port, on the coast of the Mediterranean,
and was formerly divided into the Old and New Tripoli.
The first was the birth-place of the Emperor
Severus, and was, it is believed, built by the
Romans, afterwards conquered by the Vandals,
G8v
136
and destroyed by the Mahometans, under the
Caliph Omar II., since which time it has never
recovered any importance, and is little more
than a ruin. New Tripoli is not large, but
populous and flourishing, standing on a sandy
ground, near the sea, fortified by stout walls and
pyramidal towers. The harbour is spacious and
commodious, and the city expands in form of a
crescent on each side of it, having but two gates,
one to the inland and the other to the sea. The
point to the east has a group of rugged rocks,
on which are some forts gone to decay, but on the
west is a strong castle, surrounded with modern fortifications,
and furnished with large cannon. It has
been said, that from this port an immense trade
was once carried on to Numidia, Marseilles, Sicily,
Malta, and Venice, this being the finest haven on
the coast, except Alexandria; and that it was filled
with rich merchants, noble mosques, excellent hospitals,
and other public buildings, exceeding Tunis
in wealth and beauty. It has now no remains of
its ancient splendour; but there are some monuments
of antiquity, which serve to prove the
possibility of the fact, we should otherwise doubt,
that a city, with neither rivers, springs, nor wells,
could have been great or populous, more especially,
as it must always have wanted corn, and many
other vegetable products, from the sandiness of the
soil around it. The palm trees, and the lotus,
are, however, very fine, and provide a considerable
G9r
137
portion of their food; the former yielding dates of
most excellent quality, the latter producing a still
better fruit, of which they make a very superior
wine. Of such importance is this fruit to the inhabitants,
that they were called by the ancients
Lotophagi. If it were not assisted by the corsairs
and other vessels bringing in provisions, it is nevertheless
certain that the present population could
not subsist. Many monks, formerly settled here,
have left the place; but the Franciscans remain,
and have a handsome church and a hospital, which
is very valuable, as the plague frequently visits
Tripoli, and commits dreadful ravages. In the
neighbourhood are many fine villas, the grounds of
which are cultivated by Christian slaves; but those
unhappy persons are much fewer in number than
at Algiers, or Tunis; for they only keep as many
as they can employ in the lowest offices, and make
a traffic of the rest.
The people here carry on a considerable trade
in linens, which are woven by the inhabitants;
but their chief dependence is on their corsairs,
which being manned by desperate characters,
seldom fail to take many ships trading to Egypt
and the Archipelago. This city was taken by the
Count of Navarre, and given by the Emperor
Charles V. to the knights of Malta, from whom it
was retaken by Soliman, and has remained ever
since subject to Turkey. In 16851685 it was bombarded
by the French, and they were compelled to
G9v
138
sue for peace. At this time, nothing can exceed
the respect and deference that they show to the
English; not only does the British flag afford protection
to all who appeal to it, but Major Denham
assures us, that “the roof of the English consul
always affords a sanctuary to the perpetrator of
any crime, not even excepting murder, and scarcely
a day passes that some persecuted Jew, or unhappy
slave, to escape the bastinado, does not rush into
the court-yard of the British consulate for protection.
One poor wretch, who for some trifling
offence was sentenced to receive four hundred bastinadoes,
having, whilst on his way to receive the
sentence of the law, contrived to slip from the
custody of his guards, fortunately met with the
child and servant of Dr. Dickson, a most respectable
and intelligent English physician practising
in Tripoli: the condemned wretch, with
wonderful presence of mind, snatched up the child
in his arms, and halted boldly before his pursuers.
The talisman was sufficiently powerful, the emblem
of innocence befriended the guilty, and the culprit
walked uninterrupted triumphantly claiming the
protection of the British flag.”
Whatever may be the poverty of the country,
and the oppression under which its inhabitants
groan, the governor is wealthy, as is usually the
case in despotic Mahometan countries; and the
same entertaining and intelligent traveller (who,
with his associates, is the latest and most successful
G10r
139
penetrator to the interior of Africa) gives us the
following picture of the present ruler:—
“On a day appointed, we waited on the bashaw.
After passing the court-yard crowded with guards,
and several groups of Arabs in the passages and
ante-rooms, playing at cards or dice, we were
introduced to the audience-chamber, where the
bashaw, sitting cross-legged on a carpet, supported
by his two sons, and attended by armed negroes,
received us kindly, ordered us to be served with
sherbert and coffee, and expressed himself in the
most favourable manner on the subject of our mission,
which he promised to forward in safety into
the interior of Africa. He invited us to join him
in a hawking party. The cavalcade, consisting of
about three hundred altogether, presented so novel
an appearance that I shall endeavour to give some
description of our morning’s amusement. The
bashaw was mounted on a milk-white Arabian,
superbly caparisoned with a saddle of crimson
velvet, richly studded with gold nails, heavy stirrups
of the same, and trappings of embroidered
cloth, hanging down on each side nearly to the
horse’s fetlock-joint: he was preceded by six
chaoussas, or officers, also mounted, and richly caparisoned,
armed with long guns, swords, and pistols,
and a white silk barracan thrown loosely and gracefully
around their bodies. His highness was supported
on each side by a favourite black slave,
whose glittering vest, light bornouse, and white
G10v
140
turban, formed a pleasing contrast to the costume
of the Arabs. We proceeded in a westerly direction,
and on arriving at the desert, parties of six
and eight dashed forward with the rapidity of
lightning several hundred paces, fired, immediately
halted in the most surprising manner, and with
loud cries rushed back again to the main body,
when instantly the same ceremony was repeated by
another party. Their superior skill is the management
of their horses is really beautiful; and the
way they manœuvre their long musket, by repeatedly
spinning it over their heads at full speed, has
a most picturesque effect. Near the bashaw’s person
rode Sidi Ali, his third son, although second
in succession, on account of the banishment of the
eldest; he was also attended by his particular
guard of Arabs, distinguished not only by their
superior and determined appearance, but by their
figured muslin bornouses. Sidi Ali is the bashaw’s
favourite son, and is particularly handsome. Although
what we should call too fat, he is said
greatly to resemble what the bashaw was at his
age.”
The following anecdote, from the same author,
gives a lively idea of the general state of manners
and laws, as they exist throughout the three countries
we have been considering, and with this we
must conclude our survey of Tripoli:—
“Since the reduction of the refractory Arabs
to submission, no chief had received such repeated
G11r
141
marks of kindness as sheikh Belgassam-Ben-
Khalifa, head of the powerful tribe of El Gibel.
At the particular request of the former, sheikh
Khalifa had quitted his tents and flocks, resided in
the city, and was high in his prince’s confidence,—
fatal pre-eminence in Barbary states! and had
been presented but a few months before with one
of the most beautiful gardens in the Minshea.
Returning from the castle, after an evening of music
and dancing in the bashaw’s private apartment,
the sheikh kissed the hand that had signed his
death-warrant, and took his leave. At his own
door, a pistol shot wounded him in the arm, and
on entering the skiffa, or passage, a second entered
his body. The old sheikh, after his slave had
fastened the door, staggered to his carpet, and then
in the arms of his wife proclaimed his assassin to
be his own nephew, sheikh Mahmoud Belgassam-
wilde-saw-doweah. The work being, however,
but half done, others rushed in, and seven stabs
put an end to his sufferings, notwithstanding the
screams of his wife, who received two wounds herself
whilst endeavouring to save her husband. The
poor old man was almost instantly buried, and the
three persons who had undertaken the murder
fled to the British consulate for protection. Early
the next morning, however, the consul dispatched
his dragoman to give the bashaw notice, ‘that
the murderers of Khalifa would find no protection
under the flag of England.’ The bashaw said,
G11v
142
‘that he was shocked at the murder, and regretted
the assassins having taken refuge at the consulate,
as it was a sanctuary he could not violate, particularly
as he understood they meant to resist, and
were well armed.’ Our consul replied, ‘that the
bashaw was at liberty to send any force he pleased,
and use any means he thought best, to drag them
from beneath a banner that never was disgraced by
giving protection to assassins.’ The minister also
came and expressed the bashaw’s delicacy, and it
was evident he did not expect such would be the
conduct of the consul: he was, however, peremptory,
and the bashaw dared not seem to favour
such an act of villay. It was sunset before he
decided on taking them away, when about sixteen
of the chosen people of the castle entered the consulate,
and the wretches, although provided with
arms which they had loaded, tremblingly resigned
themselves, and were in less than an hour hanging
over the walls of the castle.”
Biled-el-guid lies south of Tunis, Algiers, and
Tripoli, and being inserted triangularly amongst
them, has each for its boundary, except to the
south, where it has the great desert. The Arabic
words “Biled-el-guid” signifies the land of dates,
with which it abounds more than any country in
Africa, being able to send many to other countries,
and thereby receive in return wheat, which is very
scarce here. It was formerly a part of Numidia;
and the epithets of sandy and barren, frequently
G12r
143
applied to that country by ancient writers, seem to
have belonged peculiarly to this spot, as the
country is barren, mountainous, and sterile, but
frequently covered by palm trees, to a great extent.
The climate is hot and unhealthy, the people lean
and shrivelled, of swarthy complexion. They are
subject to losing their teeth in early youth, and
their eyes are extremely weak, owing to the
light burning sand raised by the east winds, and
which are sometimes so violent as to bury whole
hordes beneath its overwhelming eddies. Notwithstanding
these marks of premature age, many
of them live long, and are very vigorous; and the
plague, that great scourge of the East, is never
heard of amongst them. They combine in their
characters the worst properties of the Moors and
Arabs, and are treacherous, thievish, and cruel.
Many subsist by hunting ostriches, the flesh of
which they eat, and barter the feathers for corn and
pulse. They also eat goats and camels, and drink
the liquor in which they are boiled: their water
being both scarce and disagreeable, they are glad
to use that which is improved by receiving another
flavour. The women here are little better than
slaves to their husbands, who seem them constantly
do all the drudgery beneath their burning skies,
without seeking to relieve their toil, or soothing
them under it.
Fezzan is another country of Africa, lying south
of Tripoli, scarcely known, except by name, until
G12v
144
Mr. Lucas and Mr. Horneman, travellers sent out
by the African Association, travelled through it; and
from them we learn that it is about three hundred
miles in length and two hundred in breadth, having
the mountainous region of Harutsch to the east, and
other deserts to the south and west; to the south-east
is the country of the Tibboos; to the south-west that
of the Tuarics. Fezzan is governed by a sultan, who
is despotic over his people, but himself tributary to
Tripoli. The crown is hereditary, and the tradition
of the country asserts, that the present family has
reigned about five hundred years. An officer of
the bashaw goes every year to Moorzah, to receive
four thousand dollars, or its value in gold, senna,
and slaves, and takes travelling merchants under
his protection. The revenues are collected from a
tax on gardens and cultivated lands, and duties on
foreign trade, &c., together with salt pools, and the
domains of the crown. The expenditure relates to
the support of the sultan and the officers of state,
who have also lands set apart for their use; and it
is remarkable that the head of the church holds his
place hereditarily. The inhabitants are all, without
exception, Mahometan. They are supposed to be
from seventy to seventy-five thousand. They are of
dark complexions, with black lank hair and regular
features, but small in stature, devoid of muscular
strength, and mental energy. They offer a strong
contrast to the vivacious activity of the Arab, and
the proud bearing of the Moor, and are incapable
H1r
145
of those exertions made by both. Much of this apparent
weakness arises from their food being entirely
farinaceous, as they have little besides dates to live
upon; for such is their poverty, that, to describe a
man of wealth, they say he is one “that eats meat
and bread every day.” But though abstemious
from habit not less than necessity in his meat, the
Fezzaneer is much addicted to drunkenness, and the
juice of the date-tree, called lugibi, or a drink made
of dates called busa, is an irresistible temptation.
Their houses are miserably constructed with stones
mixed with clay and baked in the sun, without any
light but that given by the door; and in all that
regards the conveniences of life they are equally
deficient, as Mr. Horneman could not find a man in
all Moorzuk that was an artificer, except shoemakers
and smiths. “The latter work every
metal without distinction; and the same man
who forges shoes for the Sultan’s horses makes
rings for his princesses.” The women fabricate
woollen cloths by hand, for the weaver’s shuttle is
here unknown. Their dress consists of a shirt or
frock brought from Cairo; and the middling classes
wear frocks brought from Soudan, made of dyed
blue cloth; but the Mamelukes of the Sultan and
the richer people are clothed in the metropolitan
habit of Tripoli, over which they wear a Soudan
shirt of various colours. The ornaments of both
sexes are confined to the legs and arms, except
some in the head-dress. The women are fond of
H
H1v
146
dancing, and are wanton in their manners, exhibiting
a striking contrast to the modesty of the Arabs
and the elegance of the Tunisians.
In so poor a country it will be evident that they
must be indebted to commerce for the few good
things they possess, and, accordingly, at Moorzuk,
the capital, there are great markets or fairs, to
which resort caravans from Cairo, Bengusi, Twat,
and Soudan, and also the smaller traders of Tuarics
and Arabs. The south brings slaves of both sexes,
ostrich-feathers, zibette, tiger-skins, and gold;
from Bornou they have plenty of copper; Bengusi
sends tobacco, snuff, and the wares of Turkey;
Tripoli, paper, fire-arms, sabres, knives, cloths
(called abbes), and worsted caps. The climate of
this country is unpleasant, and subject to great
changes; and, as the people are alike indolent
and unskilful, the natural disadvantages of the soil
are never assisted, so that little corn is raised; but
they grow superior senna, and garden vegetables
are plentiful. They have horned cattle only: in
the more fruitful parts of the country camels are
intolerably dear; sheep by no means plentiful, and
the only ordinary domestic animal is the goat.
Horses are scarce, and asses, the general beasts of
burden; and, like all the other animals, are fed on
dates, which are here the resource of man and
beast.
Tuarik.—Mr. Horneman informs us, that on the
west and south of Fezzan, the country is inhabited
H2r
147
by the Tuariks, a people who border on Bornou,
Soudan, and Tombuctoo, to the south and northward,
on part of Fezzan, and that land which lies
behind Tripoli, Tunis, Algiers, and borders on
Fez and Morocco. They are divided into tribes
and nations, but all speak the same language.
They offer a great contrast to the last-mentioned
people, being thin, tall, active, of stern countenance,
and warlike carriage, assuming to themselves
the attributes of a mighty people, and having
abilities, that, if cultivated, would make them such
in every sense, for their characters are much esteemed.
The western tribes are white, some others are
yellowish, and others black, but with features
decidedly different to those of the Negroes. They
are partly Pagan, and partly Mahometan, are fond
of a wandering life, and lovers of company, music,
and song; so that when they departed from Mourzuk,
after their commercial visit, it was left in a
state of dulness and melancholy. The Tuarics we
shall probably find again when we travel into the
interior of Africa.
Tibboos.—These people, whose country lies
between Fezzan and Egypt, are separated from the
last by a wide desert. Mr. Horneman says, “They
are not quite black, are of slender growth, well-
turned limbs; and long hair, but little curled.”
They have much natural capacity, but have no opportunities
of improving it, from being surrounded
H2
H2v
148
by barbarous nations; and their intercourse with
the Arabs, to whom they convey slaves, has probably
corrupted them, as they are said to be mistrustful,
treacherous, and deceitful. Their clothing
consists of sheep-skins; but those who go to Fezzan
dress themselves in large blue shirts, and so wrap
their heads in a dark blue cloth, that the eyes only
are seen. Their weapons are a lance six feet long,
and a knife from fifteen to twenty inches in length,
which they carry on the left arm, the sheath being
fastened to a ring of leather, about three inches
wide, which they bear on the wrist. They are
divided into many tribes, and governed by chiefs,
the principal of which resides at Abo. The Tibbo
Bargu inhabit a fertile district, abounding in grass,
dates, and corn. They are Pagans, but several of the
tribes are Mahometans.
We will now give a short account of the voyages
of discovery taken by the Portuguese; especially
noticing those which introduce us to the countries
which we have not yet mentioned.
Chap. II.
Portuguese Navigators.—The second Expedition lands on the
Coast.—Bemay.—They reach the Congo.—Baptism of
the Natives.—Overthrow of Idols.—The Queen of the
Giagas.—City of Rocks.—Mission thither.—Whip the
Queen.—Mission from the Pope.—Sad Situation of the
Fathers.—Rats and Ants.—Meralla’s Travels.—Sugna.—
Trials by Ordeal.—The Father’s Contrivance.—Buttel’s
Account of the Giagas.—England sends Expeditions.—
Bad Success.—M. Brue.—Ledyard.—Lucas.—Major
Houghton.
It has been observed, with great truth, by Murray,
in his work on Africa, that voyages have a peculiar
interest, not only in the first novelties which they
exhibit, but in their recurrence to objects already
become interesting. For this reason, we offer our
readers transcripts of voyages to the western coasts,
preparatory to describing those countries, trusting
that the repetitions we may happen to make in this
mode of pursuing our description, will be found
beneficial to the memory, and not fatiguing to the
mind.
In the fifteenth century the spirit of maritime enterprize,
which, like that of learning, had slept for
ages, broke out in Europe with enthusiasm; and
projects for exploring distant countries, for the
purpose of establishing commerce, bringing home
gold, and afterwards of converting their inhabitants
to Christianity, were prevalent in all the more
H3
H3v
150
polished and powerful countries. The Portuguese
took the lead, not only in visiting, but settling on
the western coast of Africa, and its contiguous
islands, for which their own climate evidently had
prepared them much better than the natives of the
northern countries of Europe could possibly be.
Many reports had reached Europe of a wealthy
land, where the true God was worshipped, and the
king was also a priest, which was wealthy even to
prodigality in gold and other produce, and was
by these reporters entitled The land of Prester
John, and to this unknown yet attractive country
their wishes and their efforts were addressed. It
has since then been thought to be Tombuctoo, or
Abyssinia, that was intended, most probably the
latter, for the reasons already mentioned. They
sought primarily to penetrate the continent by
the rivers, till they should reach it from the
western coasts. For this purpose suitable vessels
were fitted out, and their navigators coasting past
the borders of the Great Desert, soon reached the
fertile shores of the Senegal and Gambia; but in
consequence of one of the natives being killed by
accident, the leader and many of his men lost their
lives; and it required a second voyage to the same
place to heal the breach, and form some commerce
in the ivory and gold dust brought by the natives
for that purpose.
In this expedition they were more successful, as
they established themselves at Arguin; and offering
H4r
151
assistance to Bemay, a native prince, they became
admitted within the country, and there first heard
by name of the kingdoms of Tombuctoo and Jennè
since then the objects of so much curiosity. Bemay,
who complained of being expelled from his kingdom
on the banks of the Senegal, formed a good
pretext for entering his country with an armed
force; and the Portuguese government availed themselves
of it, and sent him a considerable force; but
before they had begun to operate in his favour,
Bemay himself was slain in a private quarrel on
board the Portuguese vessel.
The African princes, alarmed by the appearance
the Portuguese had now assumed, confederated
against them; and the leader found it desirable
to prosecute his discoveries in another part, and
soon arrived at the great river, which he named
the Congo, but is called by the natives who
inhabit its banks the Zaire. These he found to be
exceedingly black, and speaking a different language
to any he had yet heard on the coast; but
he succeeded in making himself understood, and
he ventured to send a number of his men up the
country with presents for the prince. These men
not returning at the stipulated time, one day when
he had a number of the principal natives on board,
he suddenly weighed anchor and sailed for Portugal,
leaving a message importing that his countrymen
would remain as hostages in the king’s hands
until he should return, which he would do in fifteenH4
H4v
152
moons. Great effects took place in consequence
of this skilful conduct. The Africans so
taken were instructed in Christianity: the Portuguese
left were treated with great kindness, and
the king and chiefs of Congo eventually embraced
the Christian religion; but as they had no idea of
its moral obligations, and could not easily be informed
on a subject so important, numerous quarrels
arose in the countries apparently so tractable,
both with the new visitors and their own parties.
In consequence of this change, many missionaries
were sent out from Portugal and from the Pope to
instruct the new converts and extend the faith; and
from these fathers we learn all that is known of the
habits and domestic lives of these people, which
agree in every respect with the account since furnished
by Park, Horneman, and others.
In 16401640 a body of Capuchin missionaries were
sent to Congo: they had a convent built, and crowds
came to be baptized. One part of the Roman
ritual consists in laying salt on the tongue, and this
being considered a great luxury, the missionaries
had soon the grief and mortification to find that the
natives attached no other idea to the sacred rite of
which they had partaken than the pleasure of eating
salt; nor could they persuade any of them that it
was amongst their duties to have only one wife.
Father Jerome, after remaining some time with the
princes on one side of the river, crossed to the
other, and, entering a large town called Baenza,
H5r
153
found it full of idols, which he attacked vigorously
with his staff, and having broken a great number,
proceeded to make a fire and burn the fragments.
On this the people ran upon him in great rage,
and would have instantly put an end to his life, if
the prince had not heard of the affair and hastened
to save him, he being desirous, like others, to profit
by the Christians.
In Esseno the missionary was more successful.
The objects of worship here were placed on two
stones in the middle of the great square of the city,
with a rivulet running before them. Here the
prince and his chiefs made offerings, and with a
surrounding multitude prostrated themselves before
Chitorne Scingilla and his wife, who were considered
so sacred, that it was believed if even one of the
stones were touched by a profane hand the stream
would cease to flow. Father Jerome, having gained
the prince’s concurrence, pushed the idols themselves
from their places, and then showed the people
exultingly the rivulet flowing as before. The
prince, delighted with his success, assisted the
father to overthrow six thousand idols; but the
people did not approve of these changes, and, with
little real fruit from his labour, the father proceeded
to visit the King of Concabello, who was also
termed “Lord of the Waters” and “Superintendent
of the Elements”, to whom he wisely
made presents, and by whom he was, therefore,
H5
H5v
154
graciously received, and permitted to reside for
the purpose of teaching the new religion to his
subjects.
It was found to be the custom of Concabello
to eat the bodies of condemned persons, and the
king sent Jerome, one of the best conditioned of
these persons, saying “he hoped that he would
afford him some excellent meals.” The father
accepted the present, though little inclined to render
it a repast, and by a more prudent line of
conduct than he had hitherto shown, succeeded in
converting the king, and inducing him to live with
one wife only; but the nobles refused to follow his
example.
The most remarkable of the missions was that
dispatched, at her own request, to Zingha, queen
of Matomba, in 16531653. This woman reigned also
over a people called the Giagas, who are spoken of
by all travellers as the most wicked, sensual, and
ferocious of human beings. Being engaged in
continual war with surrounding states, they recruit
their number with children of eleven or twelve
years old, taken among their prisoners, and regularly
murder or expose all their own children soon
after their birth, and consider it a glory to perform
this horrid crime with perfect indifference. Their
other captives were eagerly devoured, and warm
goblets of their blood considered an exquisite
beverage.
Zingha was a suitable queen for such a nation
of demons; nevertheless, when she went to Angola,
for the purpose of making a treaty with the Portuguese
government, in 16221622, the council were
struck with admiration at the acuteness of her understanding,
the vivacity of her wit, and the dignity
of her deportment. She was at that time
instructed in the Catholic religion, and pretended
to be a convert; but on returning to Matomba,
and finding herself in danger from the Giagas, she
adopted their horrible system, and became their
queen. When the fathers now in the country
were sent for by her, she received them graciously,
addressed them in excellent Portuguese, and succeeded
in persuading fourteen to attempt the
conversion of her subjects (a proof that each of
these devoted men was prepared to be a martyr).
They found plenty of persons willing to be
baptized, the Queen and all her grandees leading
the way. She also made a law, “that no person
should invoke, or offer sacrifice, to the devil,
or idols of any description; that infants should no
longer be exposed in the woods, to be devoured
by wild beasts, and that no one, under pain of
death, should eat human flesh.” How far she was
H6
H6v
156
enabled to carry her laws into effect, we know not,
but there is reason to believe, that if she had not
been far advanced in life, she might have improved
even her cannibal subjects. Such was her great
talents, that, previous to the arrival of the missionaries,
she had assumed the character of a sorceress,
and the belief in her supernatural powers was so
general, that many of her subjects have thrown
themselves at her feet to confess crimes, the existence
of which had never been suspected.
To the south of Matomba lies a surprising
natural curiosity, called Maopongo, or the City
of Rocks. At a distance it appears one mass,
but, when examined, is found to exhibit, in detached
parts, towers, steeples, obelisks, arches,
and porticos, presenting the appearance of a
magnificent city, twenty-seven miles in circumference.
About the base of these rocks, the trees
grow to an extraordinary height, and the oranges
are equal to any in the world. About thirty villages
are scattered about Maopongo, inhabited by
people who subsist entirely on the fruits and
herbage that spring spontaneously. In 16551655, two
missionaries were sent from Massangano to convert
this district, being conveyed by guides, without
which it would have been impossible to penetrate
the labyrinths of rocks and bushes. When they
had at length reached what appeared an inaccessible,
rock, the Negroes took the fathers on their
shoulders, sprang up the place like goats, and then
H7r
157
leaping from rock to rock, arrived at last at the
palace of their king. This monarch embraced
them with kindness, assured them of his assistance,
and by his aid and example numbers of his subjects
flocked from their caverns to be baptized; but
so soon as the morality of the Gospel was insisted
upon, the King declared “it was too harsh, and
contained innovations he could not encourage.”
It appears that the fathers were, indeed, far from
considering properly the nature of their converts,
for one day, meeting the Queen going out to give
air to an idol, and singing its praise, one of the
missionaries, by arguments, tried to convince her
of the folly of her worship. Finding that she persisted,
he ordered two of his attendants to take a
whip to her majesty; and such was the awe entertained
to the fathers, that her own servants dared
not interfere to protect the royal person from this
outrage; and we are informed by the missionary
“that such were the happy effects of the flagellation,
that the Queen became a good Catholic.” It
was found, however, that she was not grateful for
the salutary whipping, and that the King from that
time looked coldly on the Capuchins, whilst the
ladies of the court used every possible way to distress
them; and in a short time they were obliged
to return, greatly disappointed, to Massangano.
In 16661666, the reigning Pope sent out two Capuchin
friars, Michael Angelo and Denis Carli, to Congo;
H7v
158
and from the latter we gain the following circumstances:
—
The first place Carli landed at was Benguela,
where he found about three hundred Portuguese,
and a population alike unhealthy and wicked;
thence he sailed to Loanda, beautifully situated on
an island, and considered the capital of all the
Portuguese settlements, containing three thousand
whites, and an amazing number of Negroes, all of
whom were slaves to the former. Thirty of these
slaves carried them forward in a kind of hammock,
to a libatte, or village, up the country, surrounded
with a high hedge, as a defence from the wild
beasts; and here the fathers began to convert the
natives, who came in great numbers to be baptized,
bringing their children with them. These poor
creatures generally presented a fat pullet, or a
number of cowries (shells used for money), on this
occasion, and appear altogether of most amiable
disposition; but the relator, Carli, notwithstanding
his success, suffered exceedingly. One night he was
awakened out of his sleep, as he lay in one of the
huts in the libatte, by three great lions, which
made the earth shake with their roaring, but happily
were resisted by the hedge. Another time, in
consequence of a fire made at a distance, all the
wild beasts of the district made directly towards
this part, and came in such numbers, that the
whole party “would not have made one good
meal for them.” The Negroes instantly sprang up
H8r
159
the trees, but the friars, utterly incapable of such
agility, could only be saved by being dragged up
with ropes. In this perilous situation they saw
“tigers, lions, wolves, pocasses, and rhinoceroses,
all looking up and eyeing them earnestly; but as the
Negroes shot down abundance of arrows on them,
and the conflagration behind them increased, they
went speedily forward.”
From thence, Carli went to Bamba, which he
describes as a large populous town, surrounded by
a fruitful country, governed by a grand duke,
whose duchess sent to bid him welcome. He soon
went forward to Pemba, where he found the King
of Congo, a young Negro, dressed in a scarlet coat,
with gold buttons, white buskins, and silk stockings.
His attendants bore over him an umbrella of flame
colour, laced with gold, and he sate on a chair of
carnation velvet, studded with gold nails. He invited
the father to go to San Salvador, but the
missionary preferred returning to Bamba, where,
he thought, he should do more good.
Here he found a great multitude of Congo
Christians, who brought heavy logs on their
shoulders, and beat themselves severely, in expiation
of their sins, to his great satisfaction; but his
health began to suffer from the climate, and his
apartment was so annoyed with rats, that he was
obliged to cause his Negroes to lie round him as
body guards. “These persons,” he says, “had
wild and disagreeable smells,” so that he could still
H8v
160
take no rest; and he was obliged to lay his grievances
before the duke, who gave him a musk
monkey, which was of infinite use, its rapid movements
deterring the rats from approaching and
biting him, and its perfume dispelling the noxious
effluvia. Scarcely had he begun to experience
these benefits, however, when, one night as he lay
fast asleep, his Negroes awoke him, crying, “Out,
out!” and forcibly dragging him away, answering
his enquiries by cries of “The ants, the ants!” the
father looking around, perceived that his legs were
covered with these creatures, which came in such
numbers, that the floor was overlaid with them the
depth of half a foot. The missionary was placed
in the garden, a fire lighted, and the intruders
burnt, or driven out; but for this care, his destruction
would have been inevitable, as the Negroes
soon proved to him, for the termites, or ants, of
Africa, have been known to devour even a wounded
elephant in a very short time. “God be praised,
therefore,” says he, “that my body was not devoured
by them alive.”
In 16821682, a Capuchin friar, accompanied by one
Jerome Meralla, set out, animated with the like
zeal, but alloyed by the same superstition which
has distinguished others, none of whom seem to
have considered the necessity of gradually informing
the minds of their converts on the subjects of
the great truths they preached. It appears that
these missionaries, after encountering severe storms
H9r
161
at the mouth of the Zaire, advanced about twelve
miles up the stream, landing at Pinda, from whence
they removed to Sogno, which is governed by a
prince, styled Count, who, on the following Sunday,
came to church in great pomp to hear Meralla
preach. His text was, “Thou shalt not kill”; and
he observed, that every time he pronounced the
last word, the congregation gave a great hum,
but the count was perfectly silent. He learnt
afterwards that this prince, having suspected a plot,
had placed a number of persons in the hands of
the magicians, who caused them to drink the bolunga,
in order to try their innocence. This noisome
potion produced fainting, convulsion, and death,
in most instances, but they attributed these effects
only to guilt; but as the father took a just view of
the case, he hastened to the count, and reproached
him “with this pagan proceeding.” The sovereign
fell on his knees and wept bitterly; but he
said the test of innocence had, in fact, not been
made by the bolunga, but by a superior plan of
his own invention. “The persons suspected had
been made to bend over a large vessel full of water,
when those who fell in had their heads struck off,
while those who maintained their equipoise were
held to be innocent.” The father declared this
system no better than the former, and, on enquiry,
he found various methods, equally fallacious, in
constant practice with those who administered
justice. In one case, a hot iron is laid across the
H9v
162
leg of the accused, when, if it burns him, he is
pronounced guilty. If two persons have a plea
not easily decided, a shell is placed on the head,
and both are made to stoop, when the party whose
shell drops the first loses his cause.
The magicians, who seem the prime cause of all
their superstitions, induced the women to bind
their children with cords, and hang round them
crosses, medals, and Catholic relics, which Meralla
diligently sought for, when any infant was brought
to be baptized, and in case he found any, caused
the mother to be whipped; but not finding even
this strong argument effective, he procured an
image of the Blessed Virgin, struck a dagger into
the breast, and besmeared the body with blood.
After making a suitable sermon, he withdrew the
curtain which concealed the image, and showed the
dreadful condition to which their superstitions had
reduced the holy mother. At this sad spectacle
they burst into doleful lamentations; and one man
was so moved, that he ran home to his wife and
daughter, who were given to these magical delusions,
and beat them without intermission, till they
agreed to come and make confession to the father.
After residing some time in Sogno, Meralla went
to Caconga, a service of great danger, and attended
with no success, and from thence he went to
Cabenda, which he found also a land full of idolatry.
The prince had here a place built of reeds, the
walls of which were hung with mats made of delicate
H10r
163
osiers. From hence, Meralla went to Congo,
the king of that great country inviting him, “because
it was many years since a Capuchin friar
had visited his dominions.” He recrossed the
Zaire and proceeded to Congo, his voyage being
very painful from the excessive heat, (it was now
March.) At Boma, an island in the river Congo, he
became sick, and was very unkindly treated by the
mani, or governor, who drew from him, by way of
present, all his property, and even his cloak, and
he went forward to Norchie, in a very weak state.
He was, however, warmly received by the people,
who came in crowds to be baptized, and begged
him to proceed to the church. Delighted to find
there was a church, he quickly complied with their
wishes; but on arriving there, saw, with horror, a
heap of sand full of horns, indicative of magic
invocation. His first impulse was to set fire to
the building; but he contented himself with informing
the people that not one of them should be
baptized until they had fully cleansed their church
from these pollutions.
It appears that the king of Congo, at this time,
held his crown of the Portuguese; and his motive
for sending for Meralla was to be crowned by his
hands, and retain him as a teacher; but the health
of the missionary was now so bad, that he was
obliged to return to Europe.
Edward Battel, an English prisoner on board
a Portuguese vessel, when it touched on the coast
H10v
164
of Benguela to trade for slaves in 15901590, confirms
the previous account given of the Giagas, who, he
says, came from the Sierra Leone, through Congo
and Angola, to bring this commodity, whom they
sold so cheap, that the Portuguese ferried them
over, and otherwise assisted them to make war on
the Benguelas.
This people were by these cannibals completely
routed, their princes fled, many were taken prisoners,
and the dead bodies of the slain devoured.
He confirms the report, that in this community no
children are permitted to live, being buried alive
as soon as they are born, and that their numbers
are kept up by taking the boys and girls of fourteen,
or thereabouts, in the places they have conquered,
training them to their own wild and predatory
habits; and he says “they make war by
enchantments, and take the devil’s counsel in all
their exploits.” The great Giaga sits on a stool
surrounded by wizards, and women; the wizards
then take a white powder, with which they paint
his forehead and breast, accompanying the operation
with “long ceremonial and enchanting
speeches,” which, when concluded, they bring his
Cazan gala, a weapon like a hatchet, and tell him
to be strong, “for his Mokissa is with him;” a male
child is then brought to the Giaga, which he kills,
and then sets out in the full confidence that he
shall overpower his enemies.
The Giagas are also mentioned by Lopez, who
describes them as inhabiting the mountains behind
Congo, and making at one time an incursion into
that kingdom, where they remained until they had
consumed every thing, and were constrained to seek
booty in some other part. Meralla asserts, that he
saw shambles where human flesh had been sold
by them, whilst they occupied that place. He says
that they frequently offered it to the Portuguese
who came to trade with them, but who preferred
buying their captives as slaves, rather than accepting
“such barbarous food.”
All writers on the river Congo agree in speaking
of the impetuosity of the stream, and the vast
body of water which it pours into the ocean. At
one hundred and twenty leagues above its mouth
are found its falls, or cataracts, of which we have
no particular description, except that they are of
great magnitude, and may be heard for eight miles.
In proceeding upward, there are a great number of
islands. Near the city of Concabello there appears
to be a great union of rivers, flowing from different
quarters, of the sources of which we know nothing
certain.
In 14811481, England began to think of sharing the
advantages, or the honour, of these maritime expeditions;
in consequence of which, the King of
Portugal dispatched an embassy to Edward IV.,
requesting, “that he would give charge, through
his kingdom, that no man should arm or set forth
H11v
166
ships to Guinea;” and this request being complied
with, it was not till 15581558, that “two goodly ships,”
commanded by one Windham, who was accompanied
by Pinteado, a Portuguese, set out for
Guinea in search of gold. But for their desire to
gain this treasure, they might have got pepper and
other merchandise of value; but Windham persisting,
notwithstanding Pinteado’s remonstrances,
and the unhealthy season coming on, the whole expedition
proved disastrous. Windham died of
fever, Pinteado of a broken heart, and only forty
seamen returned with the melancholy account, that
more than a hundred had perished from fevers or
hardships.
In 15881588, Queen Elizabeth granted a patent to
certain merchants of Exeter, to trade to Senegal
and Gambia. The French also sent out about five
vessels: both parties were in search of gold, and
reports even at this time were spread of the wealth
of Tumbuctoo, which reached Europe through the
Moors, who traded thither. In 16181618, a company was
formed in England for the express purpose of
penetrating to this city, which now, at the distance
of more than two hundred years, we have not yet
visited. Leo and Edrissi had first awakened
H12r
167
curiosity and cupidity on this subject; and further
accounts being promulgated about this period, the
expedition was entered into with spirit, and placed
under the command of George Thompson, a Barbary
merchant, who having now to contend with
the Portuguese, found insuperable difficulties. The
company assisted him by sending out two other
vessels commanded by Captain Jobson, who, on
reaching the mouth of the Gambia, found that
poor Thompson was dead. In what manner this
first martyr to African discovery met his fate has
never been ascertained; but it is certain that he
had pushed up the country as far as Tenda, where
it is said he engaged in a quarrel with the natives,
and was killed in the conflict.
Jobson was not intimidated by this event: he
procured a boat and sailed up the river as far as
Kassan, where he found a king subject to the
sovereign of Barsally; from thence he reached
Jerakonda (called by Mungo Park Jonkakonda),
where he had the satisfaction of finding two of
Thompson’s men; and he learnt that salt was the
great commodity wanted in those parts, of which
he had very little. Passing on beyond Otranto,
they found “a world of sea-horses, whose paths, as
they came on shore to feed, were beaten with tracks
as large as London highways.” They then reached
the falls of Barraconda, where the rocks impeded
their progress, so that they were obliged to drag the
boat forward by ropes; and this “heaving and
H12v
168
shoving,” under a burning sun, became such intolerable
labour, they could not pursue it for
more than three hours in the twenty-four. “The
deserts were full of wild beasts, the water abounded
with crocodiles, thirty feet long, which towards
night called to one another like the sound of a
deep well, which could be heard a league.” One
day Jobson walking on the bank saw sixteen large
elephants hard by him. At length they reached
Tenda, and were well received by the King, and
Bucharsana, the great merchant, who proved a
very affable person, and answered Jobson’s inquiries
after gold, by an assurance, “that he had
himself been in a city where the roofs of the houses
were covered with it, but this place lay at the distance
of four months’ journey.”
News of the white people brought crowds to see
them every day, and as the visitors quickly erected
themselves hovels with branches of trees, the
ground, which had lately been desert, was peopled;
but the women when they first beheld the white
men ran away in terror. On the opposite bank were
five hundred men and women assembled, almost
savages clothed in skins with the tails hanging
down, as from the beasts. All these people desired
salt, for which they offered gold, ivory, and
hides, but unfortunately Jobson had scarcely any
salt in his possession.
The king of this country made an entire cession
of his land to Jobson, with various ceremonies for
I1r
169
a few bottles of brandy, which Jobson paid with
reluctance, fearing that it would never prove equivalent
to the purchase. He made all possible
enquiry after Tombuctoo, and having so far
fulfilled his mission returned to Barraconda, and
on the way witnessed an extraordinary kind
of festival, wherein the harey or devil was personated
so well, as to create much real terror
among the negroes. When arrived at Kassan,
he found that the climate had proved fatal to the
master of the vessel, and so many of the crew,
that there remained only four effective men; with
these he returned to England, and does not appear
ever to have thought of revisiting Africa.
From Jobson we first learned that agriculture
is performed through Africa by the hand. The
wild beasts were very numerous, there being
ounces, lions, and porcupines, the first appearing
the most terribly fierce; and the monkeys there
march in bands, and are under the command of
one governor. He saw a great variety of trees,
to which he could give no name. He tells us the
smith is every where the principal tradesman; next
to him the maker of gris gris, a kind of charm worn
by the natives. Mats, bridles, and saddles were
also manufactured. The inhabitants of these districts,
were Mandingoes, Portuguese, Mulattoes,
and Foulahs: the first are the aborigines; but the
trade is carried on by Marabouts, who carry goods
on asses, and move from place to place. BuckarsanaI
I1v
170
had three hundred in his service. Every
where the women were in great subjection, every
man had as many wives as he could afford to buy,
but one was considered the head, and called the
hand wife, she dwelt in a tent of her own; all the
women were industrious, and in their making of
mats displayed great ingenuity. Gold, stones,
and Kollo nuts were exchanged by them on the
coast for salt.
An interesting account of his voyage in these
parts, has been given by M. Brue, who visited the
country twice for the sake of procuring gold, and
was in general well received by the kings, who are
scattered on the coasts of both the Gambia and the
Senegal, but as his travels were much more circumscribed
than those of Park in the same direction,
we shall omit any detail of them.
The African Association formed, in 17881788, in this
country, has sent out the most intelligent and enterprising
adventurers of Europe to explore the
countries of Africa yet unknown, and in particular
to examine the Great Desert of Sahara, and ascertain
how far it was practicable to penetrate by
that means to Tombuctoo and Barnou. M. Sanguier
had been taken as a slave by the Arabs, and under
extreme sufferings had traversed much of this
Great Desert, which he described as having very
few oases, from which the traveller could draw refreshment,
and abounding in stony eminences, immense
I2r
171
tracts of light shifting sands, and every
other appalling circumstance.
This and other similar accounts did not, however,
prevent several spirited travellers from gladly availing
themselves of the offers made by the society,
who first engaged Ledyard, a young American
who had sailed round the world with Captain
Cook for the pure love of exploring. He died at
Cairo, having only accomplished enough to prove
his own abilities for the task he had undertaken.
He was succeeded by Lucas, who first went to
Tripoli, thence to Fezzan, in the manner since pursued
by Major Denham and his friends, their
objects of investigation being the same. Here he
gained much information on the situation of the
countries he sought, and those by which he was
then surrounded, but was unable to prosecute his
intended journey, and returned to Europe.
After this the association endeavoured again to
penetrate the interior, through means of the western
coast; and the districts along the Gambia were
traversed by the brave, but unfortunate, Major
Houghton, who had been consul at Morocco. He
sailed up the Gambia to Pisania, where Dr. Laidley
was resident, who hospitably entertained and
forwarded both him and Park; from thence he
went to the Mandingo kingdom of Woolli, where
he was well received, and wrote thence in great
I2
I2v
172
spirits, having no doubt but he should soon be able
to proceed by water to Tombuctoo. From this
time he was unfortunate; for having encumbered
himself with many goods, intended for presents
and commerce, they excited the avarice of the
natives, who robbed him, after which he was deserted
by his servants, and insidiously decoyed
into the desert. Thence he returned alone, and
perishing with hunger; and died either of absolute
want, or by the hand of violence he had no longer
the strength to resist, near Jarra.
With this melancholy anecdote, we conclude
the third portion of our work, and shall begin the
next with giving that description of the rivers and
countries on the western coast, the knowledge of
which has been gained by the travellers we have
noticed.
Part IV.
The Western Coast of Africa to the Line,and the Interior Countries of Africa.
Chap. I.
Senegal.—Gambia.—Countries on the Coast.—Ashantee.—
Sierra Leone.—Coomassy.—Embassy there.—The King’s
grandeur.—His cruelty.—The Orators.—Fatal Engagement.
—Benin.—Waree.—Account of Tombuctoo.—Its
Trade.—Women.—Military strength.—Good policy.—
Haoussa.
Travelling downward from the country of Morocco
(by some authors Marocco), we find an extensive
line of coast occupied by the great desert
Sahara, in one part of which the French traveller we
have mentioned was shipwrecked and taken prisoner;
being conducted afterwards across the desert to
Morocco, where he was ransomed. We next
arrived at Senegal, an immense country lying on
either side the river of that name, and including
many kingdoms and states. It is also called Senegambia,
because the river Gambia pours through
I3
I3v
174
the same territories, the two rivers enclosing that
which is very probably the most populous country
in Africa, but inhabited for the most part by natives
so savage and barbarous that few persons have the
inclination or courage to explore it. The river
Senegal is one of those great features in Africa
which has long attracted the attention of geographers
and colonists. For a long time it was supposed
to rise from the great lake Maheira, and
since then that it was the same with the Niger; but
the discoveries of Park placed that conjecture out
of doubt, by proving that the Niger flows in a contrary
direction. M. Mollier, whose narrative bears
every appearance of truth, tells us that he explored
the sources of the Senegal in 18171817; and his account
corroborates the statement previously made, that
its course is not less than two thousand four hundred
miles, but is probably much more. The
latest and most correct maps are believed to define
its sinuosities very accurately.
Within six miles of the sea the river in its course
makes a sudden turn to the south, and for the
remainder of its passage is divided from the sea
only by a natural bridge of sand. By this curve
it prolongs its course about seventy-five miles further
from north to south, till at length it discharges
itself into the ocean in 15° 15′ north latitude. This
great river separates the country of the negroes
from Sahara, the great desert, stretching by a number
of windings from east to west. Its extreme
I4r
175
rapidity is attributed to the space passed through
by so large a body of waters confined within so
narrow a channel, the mouth of it being no more
than a mile and half over, and that choked up with
sand (called a bar) which renders the passage
dangerous. This bar prevents ships of five hundred
tons from entering the river, and obliges the
French company, who have a settlement here, to
keep a vessel constantly at anchor for no other
purpose than to keep an account of the soundings.
After crossing the bar the river becomes smooth
and the country beautiful; but in the rainy season
the sudden swell of waters in a stream always impetuous
becomes dreadful, and the waves would
dash in pieces the stoutest ship.
The island of Senegal, near the mouth of the
the river, is little more than a bed of loose sand,
but has been so cultivated as to produce maize in
abundance; and this corn with fish supports near
three thousand inhabitants. It is the peculiar
pride of the men to have a number of wives;
because it is the custom to have as many as they
can maintain, and by increasing their family they
exhibit their wealth.
The land of the Foulahs lies on the southern
side of the river Senegal; Kayor, or Damel, to the
sea coast; and the middle part betwixt Foulah and
the Gambia, is occupied by the Jaloffs, or Yaloffs.
The mouth of the Gambia (which, like the Nile,
overflows its banks) is in long. 16° 3′ west, lat.
I4
I4v
176
13° 30′ north. It is known to be navigable six
hundred miles up the country, and to extend
beyond that to a chain of great mountains dividing
the interior land of Mandingo from Upper Guinea;
and here Park fixes its source, making that of
the Senegal at about eight days’ journey farther in
the interior, and that of the Niger pretty near the
same distance still farther to the heart of the country,
and deriving its source from the same chain of
mountains. Many persons have supposed that the
Gambia was the same river with the Niger; but it
is now clearly proved that the latter flows from
west to east, and the supposition that it is one with
the Nile appears more likely than that it should be
one with the Gambia.
Southward of the Gambia lies the land of the Fellorps,
which is intersected by the rivers Cazamanza
and the Cocheo, which has numerous branches, one
of which forms the island of Bissao, which is
inhabited by Portuguese and negroes, and forms
one side of a considerable bay into which falls the
Rio Grand. Below this is another nation called
also Foulahs, sometimes distinguished as of Upper
Guinea. The extensive coast of this name, divided
into Sierra Leone, the Grain Coast, Gold Coast,
Ivory Coast, and Slave Coast, are now, by modern
discoveries, recognized as belonging to the kingdoms
of Ashantee, Dahomey, Benin, and Waree;
I5r
177
and we learn from Mr. Dupuis, the envoy to
Ashantee, that these kingdoms, including many
others subject to them, are collectively called Wangara.
Among these were Dinkera, Akim, Quaheu,
Aguambo, and Fantyn, most of which have been
conquered or become tributary to Ashantee or
Benin, which countries border on another kingdom
called Zogho, which is governed by a sultan who
is a rigid Moslem, whereas the kingdoms in question
are Pagan. The eastern kingdoms and tribes
of Wangara are much more populous and civilized
than the western, for there agriculture is followed
and commerce with the interior of the country carried
on; whereas none of these countries have any
maritime power, and the most ignorant and savage
portion of the natives seem to have been those
with whom the European nations have been acquainted
hitherto.
The English settlement at Sierra Leoni, (so
called, because it is extremely mountainous, and
there are many lions,) lies on a river of the same
name, in Upper Guinea. It was purchased by a
society of English gentlemen, who endeavoured
to establish the sugar trade, by the work of free
negroes, and to extend the advantages of education
and religion to the natives; but the climate has
been found very unhealthy, and the emigrants
struggle with many difficulties. The English also
possess Cape Coast Castle, on the Gold Coast;
a fort and factory first founded by the Portuguese,
I5
I5v
178
they were dislodged by the Dutch, who still hold
a settlement near.
These possessions have led the English resident
there, and other men of enterprising spirit, to seek
an extension of their trade into the interior of
Africa, in consequence of which, within the last ten
years, considerable discoveries have been made;
and although with little advantage, and indeed
with the loss of many valuable lives, yet there appears
a probability, that when the parties come
to a better understanding, commerce may be carried
on to the advantage of both; and should it
tend to improve the government, and amend the
condition of a people subject to the most horrible
and bloody despotism under which humanity can
groan, the sacrifices we have made may be expiated.
Coomassy, the capital of Ashantee, lies (so far as
the few travellers who have visited it can judge,)
at the distance of about one hundred and eighty
miles from Cape Coast Castle; but it was approached
circuitously, and the greatest part of the
road lay through thick forests. The king of the
country having made a treaty with Mr. Bowdich,
(after which some misunderstanding took place,)
Mr. Dupuis was deputed to act as consul and envoy
from Great Britain; and the description of his
entrance into this negro capital, will give us an
idea of the king, and his people, probably more
faithful than that of his predecessor, who, as the
first discoverer, was dazzled by the appearance of
I6r
179
barbarous magnificence, with which the sovereign
was surrounded.
it was a partial glimpse at the distance of twenty
or thirty paces, of a few mud-built hovels, surrounded
in part by plantations, and some straggling
walls of the same material, covering a contracted
space, gained from the adjacent waste. The
street we entered, was a broad convenient space
enough, leading nearly in a direct line north to the
palace gate; up this avenue we advanced through
a crowd of spectators, of all ages and classes, and
of both sexes. The clamorous songs of my people,
as the procession moved on, joined to the novel
sound of the bugle, appeared to animate every
countenance with tumultous joy, which was momentarily
subdued only as a royal blunderbuss
salutation burst full, as it may be expressed, in my
face. The assemblage was too great to maintain
an orderly deportment, and the soldiers were compelled
to exert their authority to keep the people
back; this was however effected without much difficulty,
by flapping upon the ground small twigs of
bamboo, and sometimes striking the people lightly
upon the legs. My palanquin was on a sudden arrested in the
main avenue by a deputation of caboceers, who
paid a formal congratulation on behalf of the
king. ‘It was Sai’s desire,’ they added, ‘that I
should repair to the market-place until the court I6 I6v 180
assembled.’ Here therefore I alighted under the
shade of some high trees, reposing for a while
from the scorching blaze of the sun, now about
commencing his descent from the meridian. The
atmosphere too was in a manner stifled by the
pressure of the multitude. A pause of twenty
minutes sufficed for the approaching ceremony,
and we again bent forward in orderly ranks to an
angle that opened into the place of audience, from
whence another salute was fired. A silence, however
like that of the forest succeeded, as the echoes
died away; and as the smoke dispersed, the view
was suddenly animated by assembled thousands
in full costume, seated upon the ground in the
form of an extensive semicircle, where the chiefs
were distinguished from the commonalty by large
floating umbrellas, or canopies, fabricated from
cloth of various hues. These officers were seated
upon stools that elevated their heads just above
those of their attendants. An avenue, not wider
than the footway in the forest, was the space
allotted for walking in the line of chiefs, leading to
the station where the king was seated. The etiquette
was of a character corresponding with other
ceremonies. All the ostentatious trophies of negro splendour
were emblazoned to view. Drums of every
size, from five or six inches in length to the dimensions
of as many feet, occasionally decorated
with human relics, abounded in all directions; and I7r 181
in some (though few) instances, the sculls of vanquished
foemen, and strings of human teeth, were
glaringly exposed on the persons of the youthful
captains. Ivory horns similarly ornamented, reed
flutes, calabash rattles, and clanking bits of flat
iron, composed the various bands in front of the
caboceers. The salutation as heretofore was accompanied
by an impulsive grasp of the hand with
each caboceer of rank, and a waving motion afterwards
in compliment to his friends and retainers. In turn the quarters of the Moslems opened to
view, where about three hundred people of that
faith (including slaves) were seated around their
bashaw. No drums or warlike instruments of any
kind were in the retinue of this chieftain, nor was
the avenue leading to his person guarded by steel.
A dignity and decorum of the soberest cast distinguished
the followers of the Prophet from the
tumultuous din of Ashantee custom. At last I approached the avenue where the
king was seated. The marital instruments surrounding
the throne suddenly burst upon the
hearing in heavy peals, and the household slaves
advanced flourishing their scimitars over my head
with menacing violence. This threatening ceremony
was directed with renovated vigour as I
advanced to take the king’s hand; but having as it
were won the contested honour in the late struggle,
my opponents quietly suffered me to enjoy the
prize, for the music ceased, the guards retired from I7v 182
the presence, and I was permitted to pay my respects.
The king extended his hand with great
complacency, yet with a dignity that created admiration
and respect, for it was even more than
national. The features of the monarch were placid
and serious, with the exception of his eyes, which
were rivetted in good-natured admiration, although
they were not permitted to carry this feeling to the
muscles of his face. The salutation murmured
by the sovereign was re-echoed by an officer in
attendance, and reported to me as follows: ‘Sai
thanks the gods that he has seen you and the other
white men, and all your people.’”
Each of the great men who composed this full
levee, it appears, was followed by a group of parasites,
whose duty it was to call over the strong names
(titles, we presume) of his master; and several of
these men appeared gifted both with oratory and
poetry. Mr. Dupuis gives us a translation of one
of their songs:—
“Where shall we find such a warrior as the
strong and beautiful Apaco Kudgo, whose eyes are
like the panther in fight? O great slave of the
king, how are you beloved! your victories delight
his ears. Who fought the Gamans, and killed
their caboceer Adonai? Apaco Kudgo! Where
are the women and the gold? Apaco Kudgo has
them. He is a rich man! a mighty man! his
enemies die when he is angry. He is invulnerable;
his Fetische no man can look upon and live.”
A subject king also made a grand rhapsody
in praise of Sai, and altogether the reception of
Mr. Dupuis, and the conduct of this monarch,
make an excellent impression in his favour; but it
must not be concealed, that the king, with all his
apparent good sense and kindness to the white men,
had the cruelty habitual to ignorance and power,
more especially attributed to African negroes, but
perhaps not justly.
The favourite exulting expression, “that his
stool (or throne) should be washed with the blood
of his enemies,” was literally and almost daily fulfilled;
although, knowing “that white men did
not like such things,” he very politely closed the
gates of that succession of barn-like buildings which
constitutes his palace, at those times when executions
were taking place, but opened them immediately
afterwards, and received cordially his friends,
seated by the side of that block which was literally
steeped in gore, not only of prisoners, but wives,
servants, any who had by chance offended him.
It is true, most of these executions were religious
sacrifices, and he was anxious to convince the
gentlemen of the mission that he did not love to
shed blood, and that he never went to war or destroyed
old men, women, and children, till he had
been grievously offended. He was yet capable of
making the son of a king whom he had killed,
witness the murder of his brother. Superstition
rules most things at Ashantee; but the frown of
I8v
184
the monarch goes beyond the influence of the
fetische. Many times, during the short residence
of the consul (who was uniformly treated most
handsomely), there were days when not a single
inhabitant ventured into the streets, when every
face who approached even the whites bore marks
of terror, for it was whispered, “that the sovereign
was wroth, the executioner was at work in the
palace, and no one could tell who next might be
the victim.”
When Mr. Dupuis returned to England, unhappily
the terms of the treaty were unfulfilled; suspicions
arose respecting the conduct of the English,
and the king who favoured them so much happening
to die, his successor and the nobles around him
determined on war, to which, however, they were
slow in having recourse. Hostilities were very
soon commenced, most unadvisedly, by the governor
of Cape Coast; and, with a very insufficient
force, Sir Charles Mac Carthy went to meet a
numerous army, of whose position and strength he
was ignorant, and whose mode of warfare he could
not anticipate, as they accustom themselves to hide
in the forests so closely that a large army becomes
invisible, whilst sentinels will remain for days
together stationed in the highest trees, watching
the approach of the enemy, and subsisting on nuts
of gum which they keep about their persons, rather
than descend till they have accomplished their purpose
of espial. It is enough to say that Sir Charles
I9r
185
and all the men with him, save two wounded
officers, fell in the contest with ten times their
number, many of whom they also slew, and it is
at least probable that they would have held out
much longer, but for their want of ammunition.
Alas! the sculls of these brave men are now adding
to the trophies of a court, where it is related that
the late king slaughtered, at one time, two thousand
victims in honour of departed heroes; and there is
one melancholy satisfaction attending their loss,
which is, that they died on the field of battle, and
were not reserved to bleed as prisoners, and probably
by tortures, in the capital.
Leaving this country, in which many a ruined
village (the sad memorial of an extirpated tribe)
bears witness to the sanguinary revenge, and insatiable
cruelty, of both king and people, we next
arrive at Benin, with which we are now on amicable
terms, and which gives, in a late mission, far
higher promise than we had reason to expect from
Ashantee, even when most amicable, on account
of our intercourse with the Fantees, who inhabit
the coast, and of whom they are always jealous at
the court of Coomassy.
Benin extends one hundred and eighty miles on
the seacoast, how far it extends inland is not
known, but supposed to be considerable. Near
the sea coast the soil is marshy, and the climate
unhealthy, but there is every reason to believe
that the more elevated lands are healthy, and the
I9v
186
air pure. Good water is in some parts so scarce,
that proper officers are appointed to procure it for
the inhabitants, who must otherwise in many cases
die of thirst. The rivers abound with crocodiles, seahorses,
and torpedos, but they have likewise great
quantities of excellent fish, and almost every kind of
animal is common in the country. That it is of
great extent interiorly, we gather from Mr. Dupuis
assuring us that the king of Benin is more
powerful than either the king of Ashantee, or
the sovereign of Dahomy, as he can arm two
hundred thousand men for battle upon emergency,
though he can only find ten thousand with muskets;
and some districts are said to have excellent
water, and a soil productive of many fruits, excellent
(though small) pepper, and good cotton.
The negroes of Benin are kind and honest,
of gentle dispositions, and yielding to mild treatment,
but courageous, and resisting to unjust
demands. They are reserved, and diffident through
modesty, yet complaisant to strangers, insomuch
that, although jealous of each other, they will offer
their wives to them. Polygamy is common, and
the king has sometimes as many as six hundred
wives; his crown is hereditary, but he chooses
himself the son that is to succeed him; his power
is absolute, but three great officers are with him
continually, to assist in the discharge of the royal
functions. He rarely shows himself, but when he
does, it is in the midst of his wives and concubines,
I10r
187
with every circumstance of show and magnificence
that he can command; and, as his revenue
is very great, it may be well imagined that there
is much of splendour, if not of elegance, in these
royal exhibitions.
In religion these people like the most of the
neighbouring nations are Pagan, but superstitious
custom rather than idolatrous devotion seems
to characterise them; they however use many
absurd ceremonies. The dress of these people
is neat and ornamental. The rich wear petticoats
of white calico, after which they take a piece of
calico sixteen or twenty yards long, which they
plait with great art, and dispose round the body
in a very becoming manner, and wear over the
shoulders (which are not otherwise covered) a scarf
with a rich fringe; when they are at home this expensive
dress is discarded, and they merely wear
a coarse petticoat of home manufacture.
Benin, the capital, is pleasantly situated on the
river Farmosa, long. 5° 5′ east, lat. 6° 15′ north.
The streets are wide, and the houses well built of
clay, and covered with reed straw, which in so hot
a climate is the best possible roof. The court of
the king is situated in a large plain, and here many
of the rich men spend all their time, and leave their
numerous wives to trade in all sorts of merchandize,
or in any manner improve their incomes. No
foreigners are permitted to reside in the city;
I10v
188
and all male slaves are considered foreigners,
as the inhabitants of the city cannot be sold for
slaves.
Waree, a considerable country, with a capital of
the same name, situated about eighty miles south
of Benin, long. 4° 48′ east, lat. 5° 25′ north, occupies
the coast from Benin to below the line, and
is a country wholly unknown to us, we therefore
must now turn our views to the interior of Africa,
and shall first relate what we have been able to collect
of Tombuctoo, as a place which has excited of
late years much attention. In this respect we
have not the advantage of eyewitnesses; for
although that enterprising and lamented traveller
Park undoubtedly passed near it, when pursuing
his voyage on the Niger, he did not see it, and
Dupuis, who was indefatigable in the enquiries he
prosecuted among the Moslem merchants of
Ashantee, was not so fortunate as to meet with one
who had actually been there. Colonel Fitzclarence,
Major Houghton, and others, have endeavoured
to gain information from the natives of
different countries during their stay, but none
seem to have procured such a probable and consistent
account as Mr. Jackson, who was many
years resident at Morocco, and to whom we are indebted
for much valuable information respecting
that country. From that gentleman’s narrative
we learn the following particulars:—
surrounded by sandy eminences, about twelve
miles north of the Nile-el-Abude or Nile of the
Blacks, and three days’ journey from the confines
of Sahara: the city is about twelve miles in circumference,
but without walls. The town of Kabra,
situated on the banks of the river, is its commerialcommercial
depôt, or port. By means of a water carriage, east
and west of Kabra, great facility is given to the
trade of Timbuctoo, from whence the various
articles of European as well as Barbary, manufactures,
brought by the akkabaahs from the south
of Africa, are distributed to the different empires
and states of Sundan and the south. This great
mart is resorted to by all nations, whither they
bring the various products of their respective
countries, to barter from the European and Barbary
manufactures. The houses of Timbuctoo have for the most
part no upper apartments; they are spacious and
of a square form, with an opening in the centre,
towards which the doors open; they have no
windows, as the doors which are lofty and wide,
admit sufficient light to the rooms when thrown
open. Contiguous to the entrance door is a building
consisting of two rooms, called the duaria, in
which visitors are received and entertained, so that I11v 190
they see nothing of the women, who are extremely
handsome. The men are so excessively jealous of
their wives, that, when the latter visit a relation,
they are muffled up in every possible way to disguise
their persons: their faces are also covered with
their garments, through which they peep with one
eye to discover their way. The king, whose authority has been acknowledged
at Timbuctoo ever since the death of Muley
Ismael, Emperor of Morocco, is the sovereign of
Bambarra; the name of this potentate in 18001800 was
Woolo; he is a black, and a native of the country
which he governs; his usual place of residence is
Jimnie, though he has three palaces at Timbuctoo,
which are said to contain an immense quantity of gold.
Many of the civil appointments of Timbuctoo since
the decease of Muley Ismael, and the consequent
decline of the authority of the Emperor of Morocco,
have been filled by men of Maroquin origin, but
the military appointments since the above period
have been entirely among negroes of Bambarra,
appointed by King Woolo; the inhabitants are
also for the most part negroes, who possess much
of the Arab hospitality, and pride themselves in
being attentive to strangers. The various costumes
exhibited in the market-places and streets, indicate
the variety and extent of their commercial intercourse
with the different nations of central Africa;
the individuals, being each habited in the dress
of his respective country, exhibit a variety both I12r 191
pleasing and interesting to every stranger who goes
there.” “The toleration in a country like this is particularly
deserving of notice. The Diwan, or L’Alemma,
never interfere with the religious tenets of the
various religions professed by the different people
who resort hither for commercial or other purposes;
every one is allowed to worship the great
Author of his being without restraint, and according
to the religion of his fathers, or in the way in
which he may have been initiated. The police of this extraordinary place is extolled
as surpassing any thing of the kind on this
side of the desert; robberies and housebreaking
are scarcely known, the peaceable inhabitants of
the town, each following his own respective avocation,
interfere with nothing but what concerns
them. The government of the city is entrusted to
a Diwan of twelve Alimana, or men learned in the
Koran, and an umpire, who retain their appointments
three years. The power of the Alimana is
great, and their falling into the mass of citizens
after the expiration of the above period obliges
them to act uprightly, as their good or bad administration
of justice either acquits or condemns
them after the expiration of their temporary power.
The civil jurisprudence is directed by a Cadi, who
decides all judicial proceedings according to the
spirit of the Koran, he has twelve talbs of the law,
or attorneys, attending him, each of whom has a I12v 192
separate department of justice, to engage his daily
attention.”
In addition to this account of Timbuctoo, Mr.
Jackson’s informer added a description of a city
called Houssa, said to have been the capital of
Houssa (or Haousse), but it has since been ascertained
by that gentleman, that no such place
existed. The description did however in many
respects agree with that of Kano, the real capital
of Houssa, which has been within two years visited
by Captain Clapperton, a circumstance which confirms
the credibility in some measure of the person
who gave the foregoing account of Timbuctoo.
Chap. II.
Park sets out.—The Feloops.—Jaloffs.—Foulahs.—Mandingoes.
—Dress.—Kootacunda.—King of Bondou.—Sufferings
of Park.—Kindness of Women.—Approaches Sego.
—Beholds the Niger.—Second Expedition.—Numerous
Party.—Bad Season.—His Guide Isaacs.—Reach Sego.
Death of Park and his Companions.—Mollien’s Expedition.
Source of the Rio Grande.—Of the Gambia.—Of the Senegal.
—His Sickness and Distress.—Denham’s Travels.—
Arrives in Fezzan.—Treats with Boo Khaloom.—Sackna.—
A Marriage.—Arrive at the Desert.—All very ill.—See
Lake Tchad.—Arrive at Bornou.—At Kouka.
Mr. Park, under the auspices of the African Association,
left England in 1795-05May, 1795, reached Jillifree,
on the Gambia, 1795-06-21June 21., and proceeded
through the country of the Feloops to Jonkakonda
on the Gambia. He arrived in seven or eight
days at Pisania, where he found a small English
factory, the white residents consisting of Dr. Laidley,
and two brothers called Ainsley. With these gentlemen
he remained some time to recover from
sickness, and to learn the Mandingo tongue, as he
was now about to enter their country. He informs
us, that the natives of the countries bordering on
the Gambia, consisting of many tribes and governments,
may be divided into four great classes, the
Feloops, the Jaloffs, the Foulahs, and the Mandingoes.
The Feloops, through whose country he had
partly passed in his way to Jonkakonda, he tells
us, are of a gloomy and revengeful temper, so that
a father will transmit his revenge to his son, but
they display gratitude and affection to their benefactors;
and when English property was left to
their care at Vintain, have taken up arms to defend
it from French privateers. “The Jaloffs, or Galoffs,
are an active, powerful, and warlike race, inhabiting
great part of that tract which lies between the
river Senegal and the Mandingo states on the
Gambia; yet they differ from the Mandingoes, not
only in their language, but likewise in complexion and
features. The noses of the Jaloffs are not so much
depressed, nor the lips so protuberant; and although
their skin is of the deepest black, they are considered
as the most sightly Negroes in this part of
the continent.
The Foulahs are of tawny complexion, soft
silky hair, and pleasing features. They are attached
to a pastoral life, and are to be found in all the
neighbouring kingdoms as herdsmen, paying tribute
to the respective sovereigns for the lands they hold;
but the Mandingoes, of whom it remains to speak,
constitute, in truth, the bulk of the inhabitants in all
those districts of Africa which I have visited.”
Park says these people emigrated from Mandingo;
that the parent country is republican; but the race
before us, which are extended over a large country,
are governed by a monarch, and have in every
K2r
195
town a magistrate called the Alcaid, who examines
all complaints with great care, holding in the open
air his little courts, which consist of the elders of
the place. They are Mahometans in part, for that
faith has made great progress; but are governed
also by their own ancient customs, and have no written
laws. These meetings for the ends of justice are
called Palavers: the same term is used at Ashantee,
and probably all the Negro states.
obliging disposition. Their men are commonly
above the middle size, well shaped, strong, and
capable of enduring much labour; the women are
good natured, sprightly, and agreeable. The dress
of both sexes is composed of cotton cloth of their
own manufacture; that of the men is a loose frock,
not unlike a surplice, with drawers that reach half
way down the leg, and they wear sandals on their
feet, and white caps. The women’s dress consists
of two pieces of cloth, one of which they wrap
round the waist, which, hanging down to the ankles,
answers the purpose of a petticoat; the other is
thrown negligently over the bosom and shoulders.
This account of the clothing is nearly applicable to
the natives of all the countries in this part of Africa,
except in the head-dresses of the women. The
females near the Gambia wear a bandage called
Galla, which is a narrow strip of cotton folded
many times round the forehead. In Bondou the
head is encircled with strings of white beads, and a K2 K2v 196
small plate of gold is worn in the middle of the
forehead. In Kasson the ladies decorate their
heads in a very tasteful and elegant manner with
white sea-shells. In Kaarta and Ludamar the
women raise their hair to a great height by the
addition of a pad, which they decorate by coral
purchased at a great price. The Mandingoes dwell in small inconvenient
hovels built of mud in a circular form, four feet
high, covered with a conical top of bamboo-cane
thatched with grass. A hurdle of canes about
two feet from the ground, upon which is spread a
mat or bullock’s hide, is their bed; a water-jar,
some wooden bowls, and calabashes, and two or
three low stools, constitute their furniture. This
degree of accommodation is provided alike for the
slave; but as every freeman has a number of wives,
it is found necessary that each should have a hut
to herself, and therefore the whole dwelling of a
family is enclosed by a kind of wicker-work fence.
In every town there is a kind of large stage called
a Bentang, where the public business is transacted;
and in most towns they have also a mosque,
wherein they offer up daily prayers.”
Leaving his friends, and accompanied by a good
Negro servant, Mr. Park proceeded to Kootacunda,
where the inhabitants, though Mandingoes, were
divided into Pagans (or Kafirs, the universal term
for unbelievers) and Mahometans. He next
reached Medina, the capital of Woolli, and paid
K3r
197
his respects to Jatti the king, of whom he had
heard a favourable account through Major Houghton.
“I found his Majesty” (says he) “sitting upon
a bullock’s hide, warming himself before a large
fire, for the Africans are sensible of the smallest
variation in the temperature. He received me with
a benevolent countenance, and tenderly entreated
me to desist from my purpose of travelling into the
interior; telling me that Major Houghton had been
killed in his route, and that I should probably meet
with his fate.”
This humble sovereign assisted our traveller
with a guide; and he was not long before he arrived
at a village called Kongou, on entering which he
perceived a kind of hideous idol, which he was
informed was the representative of an imaginary
person of great importance called Mumbo Jumbo,
whose duty it was to keep the wives of Kongou in
order. When any of these ladies grew obstreperous,
the husband or some friend of his put on the
clothing and mask of Mumbo Jumbo, repaired in
the evening to the village to the terror of the
females, and, selecting the last offender, conferred
on her a beating proportioned to her offence.
Among this good-tempered people Park was kindly
entertained, and forwarded in good spirits towards
Bondou.
The king of Bondou had behaved ill to Houghton;
therefore Park propitiated him by a handsome
present, and he was invited to visit his wives.
“They were ten or twelve, most of them young
and handsome, wearing on their heads ornaments
of gold and beads of amber. They rallied me on
the whiteness of my skin and the height of my nose,
insisting that both were artificial; that the first was
produced by dipping me in milk during infancy,
the second by pinching it into an unsightly conformation.”
This country is principally inhabited by
Foulahs, who rank themselves with the white people.
Milk is plentiful among them, but they make
no cheese: they convert their cream into butter by
stirring it violently in a large calabash; with this
they liberally anoint their faces and arms.
In this country, which he found very inhospitable,
our author was nearly perishing of hunger,
when an old female slave passing inquired “if he
had got his dinner?” and on the hungry boy, his
servant, telling her that he had been robbed of
every thing and was fasting, “the good old woman,
with a look of unaffected benevolence, took her
basket from her head,” and gave him some handfuls
of ground nuts, which was all that it contained.
Our limits positively preclude our following this
interesting route, except in its stronger features; we
are, therefore, forbidden to trace thus, step by step,
a journey by which, under every possible difficulty of
hunger and weariness, languor and sickness, sometimes
K4r
199
in company with coffles (which is the term
used here for a caravan, or company of travellers),
and sometimes absolutely alone, Park yet was
enabled to attain his great object, that of ascertaining
the course of the Niger. On his way thither,
he learnt that his precursor, Houghton, “had
either been murdered by the Moors, or actually
perished of hunger;” and at the very time when he
arrived near the great town of Sego (where he first
espied the river), so utterly deplorable was his
situation, that nothing less than a frame of Herculean
mould, and a constitution of extraordinary powers,
could have endured the suffering he experienced, a
cruel imprisonment having been added to the
miseries consequent upon his robbery and fatigue.
From death by hunger he was a second time
relieved by the humanity of a poor old woman;
and he observes, upon another occasion, where
help in his extreme distress had been administered
by a female;—
“I do not recollect a single instance of hard-
heartedness towards me in the women. In all my
wanderings and wretchedness, I found them uniformly
kind and compassionate; and I can truly
say, as my predecessor, Ledyard, has eloquently
said before me, ‘To a woman I never addressed
myself in the language of decency and friendship,
without receiving a decent and friendly answer. If
I was hungry or thirsty, wet or sick, they did not
hesitate like the men to perform a generous action.
K4
K4v
200
In so free and so kind a manner did they contribute
to my relief, that if I was dry, I drank the sweetest
draught, and if hungry, I ate the coarsest morsel
with a double relish.’”
From these proofs of the amiable dispositions
displayed by the women towards those with whom
they had no natural connection, and were, indeed,
separated by religious opinions, colour, and the
prejudices of their country, our traveller argues
that they could not fail to be especially kind in those
relations of life where the tender affections and the
social attachments would rise pre-eminent; and he
adds,—
“Maternal affection (neither suppressed by the
restraints, nor diverted by the solicitudes of civilised
life,) is every where conspicuous among them, and
creates a correspondent return of tenderness in the
child. ‘Strike me, but do not curse my mother,’
said my attendant. The same sentiment I found
to prevail universally; and observed in all parts of
Africa that the greatest affront which could be
offered to a Negro was to reflect on her who gave
him birth.”
Sego, the capital of Bambarra, had been for
many a wearisome day the object of his desire; and
at length good fortune seemed to dawn, when he
tells us,—
“As we approached the town I was fortunate
enough to overtake the fugitive Kaartans, to whose
kindness I had been so much indebted. They
K5r
201
agreed to introduce me to the king, when, as I was
anxiously looking for the river, one of them called out,
‘Geo Affili!’ See the water! and, looking forwards,
I saw with infinite pleasure the great object of my
mission, the long-sought for, majestic Niger, glittering
to the morning sun, as broad as the Thames at
Westminster, and flowing slowly to the eastward.
I hastened to the brink, and having drank of the
water, lifted up my fervent thanks in prayer to the
Great Ruler of all things for having thus far
crowned my endeavours with success.”
It must be ever an object of regret, that our
traveller was not permitted to enter the city of
Sego, though the king relieved his distress by
sending him five hundred cowries, a small shell
used in their lowest coin. He penetrated beyond
Sego to Moniboo, still on the course of the Niger,
but was compelled to come back to the place from
whence he set out, and thence he returned by a
less circuitous route to Medina, constantly in a
state of suffering from exhausted finances, attacks
of fever, total want of clothes, and the solicitudes
which inevitably attach to travelling in a country
to whose manners you are a stranger, since he
had fully proved, that the hospitality of one tribe
or nation was no warrant against the insult and
cruelty of another. Attached for some time to a
coffle which conducted slaves, he witnessed the
suffering which is endured by those wretched creatures
during their journeys, but, in general, he
K5
K5v
202
observed that they were treated kindly by their
purchasers. On his return he passed through
Bambarra, Manding, Konkodoo, Dentila, Neala,
and Tenda, a journey of more than five hundred
miles, though much shorter than the previous one.
Dr. Laidley received him as one risen from the
dead, having long believed that he had shared the
fate of Major Houghton. In due time he arrived
in England, after an absence of two years and
seven months, and entered London on the morning
of 1797-12-25Christmas-day, 1797.
In 18051805, Park set out on his second expedition,
furnished by government with all that could facilitate
his views. He was accompanied by his brother-in-law
Mr. Anderson, a surgeon, and Mr.
Scott, an artist, and at Goree they were supplied
with thirty-five soldiers, and an officer, Lieutenant
Martin. A number of asses were purchased to
carry the baggage, which was considerable, consisting
of every thing suitable for presents to the
various kings, whose favour they were intended to
conciliate, and with arms necessary for their own
defence, in case of injury from the marauding
Arabs or Moors, whom it was possible might
intercept them.
Their great object was to reach the Niger, and
procure a vessel by which they might explore that
mighty river, and ascertain through what countries
it flowed, how far it was navigable, and whether it
could answer the purposes of commerce.
The periodical rains came on shortly after this
party set out, and great sickness and distress were
soon experienced. Letters from Kayee, on the
Gambia, were written in good spirits, but beyond
that, all was gloomy. He had engaged an excellent
guide, called Isaacs, who was accompanied by
his wives and slaves, so that altogether they were
a large company, and the difficulty of feeding such
a party in these unfrequented wilds will be evident
to every one. Day after day sickness appeared to
gain ground, and most of the soldiers died in the
course of their journey to the Niger. Mr. Anderson
also expired in the arms of his brother; and
when at length they reached the river, the remainder
of the party were extremely ill. Park
was a second time forbidden to enter Sego, but he
went on to Sandanding, from whence the last letters
were received from him, and the journal made from
his leaving England. At that time, out of forty-
four persons who left the Gambia in perfect health,
there were only five living, “three soldiers (one
deranged in his mind), Lieutenant Martin, and
myself.”
This letter was dated “from the Joliba schooner,
on the Niger;” and the hardy adventurer, amidst
all the bitter regrets he must have felt for his dear
friends and countrymen, still assumes an appearance
of good spirits, and hopes of eventual success.
Beyond this, no information from himself was ever
received. It is certain that he passed Tombuctoo,
K6
K6v
204
and was proceeding through Haoussa at the time
when he was lost; and every succeeding account
has confirmed the information of Isaacs, who was
employed by our government to visit the country,
and obtain the particulars of this disastrous event.
“I found at Medina the very guide I had recommended
to Mr. Park. I demanded of him a
faithful account of all that happened. On seeing
me he began to weep; and his first words were,
‘They are all dead.’”
From this man’s (Amadi Fatouma) journal, it
appears, that on continuing their voyage, they were
repeatedly attacked by the natives in canoes, all of
which they succeeded in beating off. They sent
to buy provisions from time to time, and generally
made the chief a present. On their arriving in
Haoussa, we learn that this universal custom was
in one instance omitted, in consequence of which
the king of that place became hostile to the travellers,
and sent out an army to intercept them, at
a place called Boussa, by the river side. As Amadi
had fulfilled his engagement here, he left Park
near this place, and was seized and imprisoned by
the king, from which circumstance he learned the
fate of the vessel he had left.
“Before Boussa there is a ridge of rocks in the
river: in one part of them is an opening like a door,
that is the only way for the water to pass through.
The army went and took possession of the top of
this opening. Mr. Park came there after the
K7r
205
army had posted itself, and attempted to pass. The
people began to attack him, throwing lances, pikes,
arrows, and stones. Mr. Park defended himself
for a long time: two of his slaves at the stern of the
canoe were killed: they threw every thing they had
into the water, and kept firing, but being overpowered
with numbers and fatigue, and unable to keep
up the canoe against the current, and no probability
of escaping, Mr. Park took hold of one of
the white men, and jumped into the water, Martyn
did the same, and they were drowned in the stream
in attempting to escape.”
Thus died a man, whose spirit of enterprise no
suffering could tame, and whose constitution no
labour could subdue. Like Belzoni he was of
athletic frame, great self-command, and patient
endurance. Both fell in their second visit to Africa;
and we therefore look with great anxiety to the
present expedition of Major Denham to the interior
of that country, of whose past discoveries (in
company with Captain Clapperton and Dr. Oudney)
we shall shortly speak.
In 18171817, M. G. Mollien, a Frenchman, set out
to explore this country, and, if possible, trace to
their sources the Senegal and Gambia. He wished
also to reach Tombuctoo, but like others was
unable to fulfil his intentions. His description of the
inhabitants on the banks of the Senegal greatly
resembles, in general, the people whom Park met
with on the banks of the Gambia, though each
K7v
206
have their peculiar superstitions and clothing.
Those whom he designates Poulahs are evidently
the Foulahs of Park, whom he mentions as spreading
over many countries. Hospitality in some
tribes, cruelty and robbery from others, astonishment
in some places, aversion in others, and pity
where it was solicited, are exemplified throughout
the author’s narrative, which is written with much
modesty and good sense throughout. He places
the sources of the Rio Grande, the Senegal, and
the Niger, in the same long line of mountains
given by the maps of Mr. Dupuis, but laments that
for want of proper instruments he had not the
power of Park, whom he considers as always right
in his conclusions. He found a great difficulty in
procuring information or guides to the sources of
rivers, in consequence, as he apprehended, of some
national superstitions; but had the satisfaction of
reaching first that of the Rio Grande and the
Gambia, and afterwards that of the Senegal. These
two remarkable circumstances in a traveller’s life
must be given in his own words:—
descended the ferruginous mountain, the summit
of which we had been traversing since sunrise, and
arrived in a beautiful valley: two thickets, which
shaded the sources, rose in the midst of this plain,
which drought had despoiled of its verdure. On my approaching that which covers the
source of the Rio Grande, I was seized with a sort K8r 207
of reverential feeling, as if I was advancing to one
of the sacred springs, hallowed by Paganism, as
the residence of its divinities. Trees seemingly
coëval with the river, render it invisible to all who
do not penetrate into the wood: its source gushes
from the bottom of the earth, and runs north-north-
east, passing over rocks. At the moment when I
discovered the Rio Grande, it slowly rolled along
with its turbid waters: two or three hundred paces
farther, they were clearer and fit to drink: beyond
the valley it changes its direction, and runs
westerly. Proceeding south-south-east, through the same
Mudone Ali (his guide) suddenly stamped on the
ground, when the earth resounded in a frightful
manner. ‘Underneath,’ said he, ‘are the reservoirs
of the two rivers: this noise is occasioned by their
being now empty.’ After walking about thirteen hundred paces,
we reached the wood which concealed the source
of the Gambia. I forced my way through the
thorny bushes, and obtained a sight of it. This
spring like the other was not abundant: it issues
from beneath a kind of arch, in the middle of the
wood, and forms channels, one stream running
south-south-west, stops at a little distance, as the
qualities of the ground will not allow it to go
further, the other runs down a gentle declivity.
At its exit from the wood it is not more than three
feet broad. K8v 208 The whole valley forms a kind of funnel, its
outlets being the two defiles by which the rivers
run off. The hand of man has never made use of
the axe in the woods, which overshadow the two
springs, as the natives believe them to be inhabited
by spirits. They are careful not to enter them,
and had any one seen me penetrate within them,
my life would have paid forfeit. From the
situation of these two sources, in a basin between
high mountains, covered with ferruginous stones
and cinders, they may be thought to occupy the
crater of some extinguished volcano. The ground
which resounded under our feet may cover one of
the abysses whence the fiery eruptions issued.”
From hence M. Mollien went to Timbo, where
he presented the king with his gun, the last property
he had left, but which procured him kind
treatment; and here he was enabled to fulfil his
wish of finding the source of the Senegal.
“We first proceeded north; then crossing a
fertile plain, watered by the Senegal, we forded
this river, the shallow current of which flowed
over a bed of sand and flints; we next began to
scale a steep mountain; we were still at some distance
from the summit, when Ali discovered on
our left a thicket of tufted trees, which concealed
the sources: the Senegal here was hardly four feet
broad. Ascending the stream, we perceived two
basins, one above the other, from which the water
gushed forth, and higher up a third, which was
K9r
209
only humid, as was the case with the channel that
led to the basin below it. The Negroes, however,
consider the upper basin as the principal of these
sources: the three springs are situated on the side
of the mountain. On one of the trees near its
sources I engraved the date of the year when we
made this discovery. Having rejoined Ali, who was
on the look out, we ascended the mountain to Pori
Daca.”
We cannot attend this interesting traveller
through the details of a journey full of information
as to the country, and in which much personal
suffering of every description is experienced; but
we must not omit to say, that in one severe sickness
he was cherished and nursed into health by
the wife of a Negro, whose attentions were those of
equal skill and kindness, and whose husband, contrary
to the general conduct of the men, exclaimed,
with delight, “I have saved my white man! I
have saved my white man!” These traits of genuine
feeling, and acts of virtue, are, in the moral
history of uncivilised life, sweet and refreshing to
the heart, as the oasis in the desert; and it is with
regret that we pass by many such traits in the
journeys before us, feeling it, on the present occasion,
rather our duty to impart dry facts than
pleasing circumstances.
Leaving the Senegal, Gambia, and Niger, we
now enter on the journey of Major Denham and
his associates, who entered Africa at Tripoli, and
K9v
210
crossed the great desert of Sahara in order to reach
Bornou, an immense country in the heart of Africa,
represented by report to be wealthy, warlike, and,
in a measure, civilised.
The gentlemen sent out on this mission, viz.
Major Denham, Captain Clapperton, R. N., and
Dr. Oudney, went from Tripoli to Moorzuk, the
capital of Fezzan, at which place they had the pleasure
of finding Hateela, a Tuaric, who had been of
great use to Captain Lyon during his stay in this
country, and to whom they gave a sword sent for
him by that brave and enterprising officer. “It
would be difficult to describe his delight: he drew
the sword, and returned it repeatedly, and pressed
it to his breast.” Here they found that the Sultan
did his utmost to prevent them from proceeding;
and it was not till they had nearly sailed for England
that they were enabled to set out. Their
rapid return and agreement to proceed with Boo
Khaloom, a sheikh and merchant, immediately took
place, and they entered Sackna in a magnificent
manner.
“Boo Khaloom was mounted on a beautiful
white Tunisian horse, the peak and rear of the
saddle covered with gold, and his housings were of
scarlet cloth, with a border of gold six inches broad.
His dress consisted of red boots richly embroidered
with gold; yellow silk trowsers, a crimson velvet
caftan with gold buttons, a silk benisse of sky-blue,
and a silk sidria underneath. A transparent white
K10r
211
silk barracan was thrown lightly over this; and on
his shoulders hung a scarlet bornouse with wide
gold lace, which cost at least four hundred dollars:
a Cashmere shawl turban crowned the whole.”
“The women of Sackna are very handsome, and
their marriages very gay. The bridegroom, dressed
in fine apparel and followed by a crowd, parades
the streets all day till evening, when himself and
other Arab young men assemble before the bride’s
house, in which are assembled a number of female
friends, who cry ‘Loo, loo!’ a salutation of joy.
The bride is completely veiled, her friends only
partially; for bright eyes, large ear-rings, and white
teeth, are freely exhibited from every window.
The bride is then placed in a chair of wicker-work
covered with skins, and conducted outside the
town, where all who bear arms are assembled; and
sixty well mounted Arabs all fired their pieces at
the foot of the bride’s camel,” when Major Denham
saw the ceremony. On arriving at the bridegroom’s
house she receives a bit of sugar in her
mouth, and places a bit in his, after which they are
declared man and wife; but there is much skirmishing
and parade, and the whole scene is lively, chivalrous,
and striking.
Leaving Sackna, they proceeded to the Black
Mountains; and after passing some dreary wastes
arrived at Zeghren, where they were introduced to
a lovely girl who “had various figures burnt on
her chin with gunpowder: her complexion was a
K10v
212
deep brown, and round her neck were eight or ten
necklaces of coral and different coloured beads.”
In her zeal to render the Major a Moslem she
appears to have made love in a very sweet style;
and, if we may judge from the manner in which
her conversation and person is mentioned, not without
effect.
Their goffle or “kafila” (as it is here spelt) now
received the addition of many liberated slaves, and
they joined others on their way, and made their
entrée to Moorzuk with great parade, from which
place, after various delays, they set out for the
desert. Their way lay over extensive high plains,
the inhabitants of which are Tuarics of a warlike
appearance, and very different from the Fezzaneers.
Hateeta accompanied them, but he soon became ill,
and many of their party were indisposed. When
they had been out some days the new moon was
discovered to the great joy of the Moslems. They
now frequently saw numbers of Tuarics who
crowded round Dr. Oudney for advice, which,
indeed, they expect from all Europeans. The
women were free and lively, and by no means in
the state of bondage common to the sex in the East
Their water became low, the heat great, and
several suffered much in their health. At one time
they were tormented by the sand, but were always
well received at the towns which they sometimes
found; and the occasional sight of a few date-trees,
or the knowledge that a well of water lay before
K11r
213
them, were stimulants to exertion, and rewards to
patience, which never failed of effect. One day,
hills of sand were their sole prospect; another
showed them a small wady or village; and the Sahir
Mandia, a lake encircled by green trees, beheld in
the sandy desert, was an object for the memory to
repose on. After being out seven weeks they
reached the place where Hateeta’s relations lived
(Ghraat); and here they found the Sultan, who
treated them with great kindness: he was sovereign
of the Tuarics, whose females still continued
to amuse them, sing to them, and laugh good-
naturedly at their endeavours to speak their language.
Their excursion is given by Mr. Oudney.
From this expedition among the Tuarics the
reader must return to Moorzuk, from whence they
set out with a kafila, the prosperity of which Boo
Khaloom sought to secure by performing a solemn
fatah or charm. In a short time they all became
ill except Major Denham, and got on with difficulty
to Tegerby. High rocks and sandy deserts now
lay all around them; and they frequently passed
skeletons of unhappy slaves that had perished
beneath the miseries of their journeying. At these
objects the Arabs constantly laughed, saying, “They
were only blacks.” Those of two women, whose
teeth bespoke them very young, were found as
they had expired, with their arms clasped round
each other.
For six days they had not seen the slightest sign
of vegetation; and frequently would the horses
trample on the bones of the travellers who had
perished, so that nothing can be conceived more
desolate than all around them. In three days more
a few green branches at Ikbar met their sight; and
having crossed a high ridge, they found a well,
and soon after they reached Kislue, where they
found Sultan Tibboo and some hideous men, his
attendants. After this time their way was much
less difficult: wadys and villages were seen. They
had at one place a very elegant dance of females,
which reminded them of the Greeks; and on
reaching the capital of the Tibboos (Bilma), they
found the Sultan had contrived to arrive there
the first, and was ready to receive them in state.
South of Bilma is much salt, which is carried to
the markets of Bornou and Socodan; but after
leaving it they again encountered many sand-hills,
and several of their camels died; and the wind and
driving sand sometimes compelled them to spend a
whole day in their tents.
On the 4th February, after travelling thus about
ten weeks, Major Denham says, “The great
Lake Tchad, glowing with the golden rays of the
sun, appeared to be within a mile of the place
where I stood;” and so anxiously did he repair
to it, as to be for some time lost to his companions.
The day following they enjoyed the high gratification
of seeing thirty freed slaves depart to
K12r
215
their own homes: they took leave of Bob Khaloom
with tears and blessings, and were grateful to
all who had shown them attention. The travellers
soon found themselves plunged into wide forests,
saw the track of elephants, and killed an enormous
snake. An alarm was given of wild boars, and one
of the party had seen a lion. Soon afterwards
they reached the town of Woodie, a mile west of
the Tchad, and four days only from Bornou, the
great object of their mission.
“The women of this place have a square piece
of blue cloth tied over one shoulder, which
forms their only covering. From childhood the
head is shaved, leaving only the top covered, where
it is formed in a curious and laborious plait, which,
in front lying quite flat just over the eyes, and
behind being turned up with a little curl, has much
the appearance of a coachman’s wig in England;
yet some of them are very pretty notwithstanding.”
On the road to Bornou they saw many Negro
villages, the houses being round huts like those
already described, but with a greater appearance
of comfort than could have been expected, arising
from the cleanliness of the women. Their expected
visit to a place where no European had ever yet
arrived was necessarily a matter of great solicitude,
especially as Boo Khaloom was extremely anxious
to cut a figure on his entrance. Whilst Major
K12v
216
Denham was considering that, after all their long
journey and great preparations, they might find
the sovereign of Bornou sitting under a tree, surrounded
by naked slaves, he says,—
“I rode still onwards, and on approaching a
spot less thickly planted, was not a little surprised
to see in front of me a body of several thousand
cavalry drawn up in line, and extending right and
left quite as far as I could see; and checking my
horse, I waited the arrival of my party under the
shade of a wide spreading acacia. The Bornou
troops remained quite steady without noise or confusion,
and a few horsemen, who were moving
about in front giving directions, were the only persons
out of the ranks. On the Arabs appearing in
sight, a shout or yell was given by the Sheikh’s
people which rent the air, a blast was blown from
their rude instruments of music, equally loud, and
they moved on to meet Boo Khaloom and his
Arabs. There was an appearance of tact and
management in their movements which astonished
me. Three separate small bodies from the centre
and each flank kept charging rapidly towards us,
to within a few feet of our horses’ heads without
checking the speed of their own until the moment
of their halt, while the whole body moved onwards.
These parties were mounted on small, but very
perfect, horses, who stopped and wheeled from
their utmost speed with great precision and expertness,
shaking their s ears over their heads, exclaiming,
L1r
217
‘Barca! barca! Alla hiakkum cha, alla cheriga!’
Blessings! blessings! Sons of your
country, sons of your country! and returning
quickly to the front of the body in order to repeat
the charge. While all this was going on, they
closed in their right and left flanks, and surrounded
the little body of Arab warriors so completely
as to give the compliment of welcoming
them very much the appearance of a declaration of
their contempt for their weakness.”
“Moving on
was impossible: our chief was enraged, but it was
to no purpose: he was answered by shrieks of
‘Welcome!’ and spears most unpleasantly rattled
over our heads, expressive of the same feeling.”
This annoyance did not last long. “Barca Gana,
the Sheikh’s first general, a Negro of noble aspect,
clothed in a figured silk tobe, and mounted on a
beautiful Mandara horse, made his appearance, and,
after a little delay, we moved on slowly, from the
impediments thrown in our way by these wild
equestrians.”
After many delays and ceremonies in conducting
them forwards, they were at length “ushered
into the presence of this Sheikh of spears. We
found him in a small dark room sitting on a carpet,
plainly dressed in a blue tobe of Soudan, and a
shawl turban. Two Negroes were on each side of
him armed with pistols, and on his carpet lay a
brace of these instruments.—His personal appearance
was prepossessing; apparently not more than
L
L1v
218
forty-five or forty-six, with an expressive countenance
and a benevolent smile.”
Huts were appointed for the visitants: presents
of meat, butter, and fish presented in great quantities,
and the most gratifying attentions paid them.
When they presented their presents, all were much
approved; and the Sheikh was highly delighted to
hear that the King of England had heard of Bornou,
and turning to his Kagarawha, said “‘This is
in consequence of our defeating the Begharmis.’”
“One distinguished chief, Bagah Furby (the gatherer
of horses), seating himself in front of us,
demanded, ‘Did he ever hear of me?’ The immediate
reply of ‘Certainly’ did wonders for our cause.
Exclamations were heard, and ‘Ah! then your
king must be a very great man’ was echoed on
every side.”
At Kouka there was an excellent market, which
was principally managed by female slaves, who
appeared much in the confidence of their masters.
Those of Musgow, a country to the south-east of
Bornou, were considered particularly trust-worthy;
but their personal appearance was disagreeable.
Like other females in Bornou, they wear their hair
in three large rolls, which extend from the forehead
to the back of the neck: they have silver studs in
the nose, and one large one just under the lower
lip, of the size of a shilling, to make room for which
a tooth or two is displaced, as it goes through to
the mouth.
The Sheikh of Bornou and his people were
above all things delighted with rockets; but in every
respect they displayed admiration and confidence
towards their visitants. During the residence of
our travellers at Kouka, they paid a visit to the
Sultan, who resided at Birnie; but this, being an
affair of importance, must be related in another
chapter.
Chap. III.
Visit to the Sultan.—The Courtiers, and their Dress.—Sheikh
and musical Box.—Mandara.—Terrible Battle.—Denham’s
Danger.—Boo Khaloom dies.—Procession with the
Army.—Distress of Women.—Captain Clapperton goes
towards Kano.—The Major visits the Tchad.—Arab
Women beautiful.—The Kafila.—Dr. Oudney dies.—Kana.
—Its Police, Soldiers, Boxers.—Goes to Sackatoo.—The
Sultan.—Returns to Murmur.—To Bornou.—Moors and
Arabs.—They bid the Sheikh farewell.
Birnie, the residence of the Sultan, was found to
be a walled town composed of huts similarly formed
with those of Kouka, and containing about ten thousand
inhabitants. As their intention had undoubtedly
been announced to the proper persons, every thing
was in order to give them a favourable idea of the
court they visited, which had at least the advantage
of novelty to recommend it. They were received
with much ceremony in an open space before the
royal residence, numbers of the great people
repeatedly dismounting and prostrating themselves,
but always with their backs to the royal personage,
who was seated in a sort of cage, made of cane or
wood, the seat of which seemed to be covered with
satin. Nothing could be more grotesque and
absurd than the whole exhibition, especially as it
was understood that the Sheikh at Kouka really
governed all, whilst the Sultan was amused by the
empty pageants around. “Large bellies and large
L3r
221
heads are indispensable for the court at Bornou;
and those who unfortunately possess not the former
by nature, or on whom lustiness will not be forced
by cramming, make up the deficiencies of protuberance
by a wadding, which, as they sit on
horseback, gives the belly the curious appearance
of hanging over the pummel of the saddle. The
eight, ten, and twelve shirts of different colours
that they wear one over the other, help a little to
increase this greatness of the person. The head is
enveloped in folds of muslin or linen of various
colours, and those whose turbans are most studied
had the effect of making the head appear on one
side. Besides this, they are hung all over with
charms, inclosed in little red leather parcels strung
together; the horse also has them round his neck,
in front of his head, and about the saddle.—Nothing
could be more ridiculous than to see two
or three hundred of these people squatting down in
their places, tottering under the weight of their turbans
and their bellies, while the thin legs that appeared
underneath ill accorded with the bulk of
other parts.” Negroes were the only persons near
the Sultan, in whose town many strangers were
found from the neighbouring country.
From hence they went to Angornou, where they
found the most populous town of all Bornou, as it
contained thirty thousand inhabitants, and its huts
were much larger than those of Kouka. On returning
to this place, they were received with every
L3
L3v
222
demonstration of joy, and the Sheikh sent for the
Major to show him a musical box, of which he had
been told that it would play or stop on holding up
a finger. “The messenger declared he was dying
to see it, and I must make haste. The wild
exclamations of wonder and screams of pleasure
that this piece of mechanism drew from the generality
of my visitors, were curiously contrasted in
the person of the intelligent Sheikh. He at first
was greatly astonished, and asked several questions,
exclaiming ‘A gieb, gieb!’ Wonderful, wonderful!
but the sweetness of the Swiss Ranz-des-vaches,
which it played, at last overcame every other
feeling: he covered his face with his hand and
listened in silence; and on one man near him breaking
the charm by a loud exclamation, he struck
him a blow which made all his followers tremble.”
On finding that Major Denham spoke Arabic,
the friendship of the Sheikh greatly increased towards
him; and he obtained leave to visit the
Lake Tchad, on the banks of which he found herds
of elephants and antelopes, and perceived that the
women and children were terrified by the sight of
him, but discovered nothing of moment; and on
his return had the mortification to find that his
horse was dead, a fine Arabian that had brought
him across the great desert.
The next expedition was to Mandara, and a
most unfortunate one it proved, as the Major
joined Boo Khaloom and the Sheikh’s army in
L4r
223
making what they call a ghrazzè, or expedition
against a neighbouring state, and in due time
reached the Sultan of Mandara, who was well
mounted, surrounded by five hundred horsemen
dressed in silk tobes, the skins of leopards and
tiger-cats forming their shabracks, and hanging
over their horses’ haunches. To this Sultan they
were afterwards introduced: he was an intelligent
man, about fifty, with a beard dyed of a most beautiful
sky-blue. There were many conferences with
this Sultan, who received the presents offered him
graciously, and brought all his sons about the Major,
who could not satisfy all. After some days intolerably
hot, the Sultan joined them, and they all
went on together, through a mountainous country,
passing through several small towns, one of which,
“Dirkulla, was quickly burnt, and another smaller
town near it; and the few inhabitants that were
found in them, who were chiefly infants and aged
persons unable to escape, were put to death without
mercy, or thrown into the flames.”
We trust, it has not often happened that a
British officer has been found gratuitously engaged
in burning infants and aged persons, and we are
well aware that Major Denham, whom a spirit of
enterprize, and, perhaps, his professional curiosity,
had in the first instance hurried into this affair,
was not a little disgusted with this beginning of a
war by a massacre. In a short time, however, the
tables were completely turned. The Felatahs were
L4
L4v
224
found in their town of Musfeia, in a strong position,
and from the palisades with which they had fenced
their town, and from the hills which surrounded it,
they poured vollies of arrows, most of which were
poisoned, on their assailants: their women being
many, were actively employed, either in supplying
them with fresh arrows or in rolling huge pieces
of rock, previously undermined, down the sides of
the mountain. Boo Khaloom and his Arabs dashed
through all, carried the palisades, and drove the
Felatahs before them, and was supported by Barca
Gana; but the Sheikh and fifty men round him,
together with their horses, were all wounded by
poisoned arrows, and Barca Gana had three horses
shot under him. Major Denham’s horse was
wounded in two places: he had two arrows in his
bornouse, and one had hit him in the face: all was
flight and confusion. He saw the eunuch of the
Sultan and his four followers butchered close by
him, and expected the same fate instantly, which
he would undoubtedly have had, if they had not
been fearful of injuring his clothes by their spears.
“My shirt was now absolutely torn from my
back, and I was left perfectly naked. When my
plunderers began to quarrel for the spoil, the idea
of escape came across my mind, and, without a
moment’s hesitation or reflection, I crept under the
belly of the horse nearest me, and started as fast as
my legs could carry me, for the thickest part of
the wood: two of the Felatahs followed:—my
L5r
225
pursuers gained on me; for the prickly underwood
not only obstructed my passage, but tore my flesh
miserably, and the delight with which I saw a
mountain stream, gliding along at the bottom of a
ravine, cannot be imagined. My strength had
almost left me, and I seized the young branches
issuing from the stump of a large tree which overhung
the ravine, for the purpose of letting myself
down into the water, as the sides were precipitous,
when, under my hand, as the branch yielded to my
body, a large liffa, the worst kind of serpent this
country produces, rose from its coil as if in the
very act of striking. I was horror-struck, and
deprived for a moment of all recollection: the
branch slipped from my hand, and I tumbled headlong
into the water beneath: this shock, however,
revived me, and with three strokes of my arm I
reached the opposite bank, which, with difficulty,
I crawled up, and then for the first time, found
myself safe from my pursuers.”
We cannot spare room from this melancholy narrative.
It must suffice to say, that the Major was
overtaken by some of the flying fugitives; that he saw
Boo Khaloom expire; found one poor man who from
humanity threw a bornouse over his naked body,
now blistering in the sun; and was fed on the scanty
orts of Barca Gana, during all the way back to
Kouka. This man, being informed that his horse
could bring him no further, exclaimed, “‘Then
leave him behind. By the head of the Prophet!
L5
L5v
226
believers enough have breathed their last to-day.
What is there extraordinary in a Christian’s
death?’ My old antagonist, Malem Chadily, replied,
‘No! God has preserved him—let not us
forsake him!’ Marnay returned to the tree, and
said ‘his heart told him what to do.’ He awoke
me, assisted me to mount, and we moved on as
before, but with tottering steps and less speed.”
In this expedition, the only consolation must be
that of having seen the people of Mandara, who
appear to be more ingenious than the Bornouese,
and better looking. The men have high but flat
foreheads, noses inclining to aquiline, and the
women are remarkable for being good looking, and
possessing those peculiarities of person which procure
the slaves of that nation a ready sale in
Turkey.
The next excursion was to Manga and the
Gambaron, countries which had not owned the
Sheikh’s supremacy, and were therefore under his
displeasure. The latter was the residence of the
late and former Sultans of Bornou, and though
now in ruins, it exhibited abundant proof of having
been far superior to any place they had yet seen
L6r
227
in Africa; for the buildings had been all of brick,
and the situation was extremely beautiful. Crocodiles
were seen in the lake near the town, and wild
beasts, particularly lions, were numerous in the
route. Before they had completed their journey,
the Sheikh and his army came up with them; and
as it was his pleasure that they should accompany
him, they were obliged to obey. The Sheikh took
the lead, and after him came the Sultan of Bornou,
who always accompanies the army, but never fights.
Five flags, inscribed with sentences from the
Koran, followed. Then came a negro, bearing
the Sheikh’s shield, jacket of mail and arms, and
behind him one fantastically dressed, carrying his
timbrel or drum, which it is deemed a great misfortune
to lose in action. The Sheikh on this occasion
took only three wives, who were mounted
on small well trained horses, each led by a boy, or
an eunuch, their heads completely enveloped in
brown silk bornouses; but the Sultan had five
times the number, and was attended by trumpets,
or frum-frums, of hollow wood, ten and twelve feet
long, an instrument exclusively devoted to royalty.
A standard-bearer rode in front of the Sultan, carrying
a long pole, hung round at the top with strips
of leather, and silk of various colours, in imitation,
probably, of the Bashaw’s tigue, or tails.
This excursion, though attended with danger at
the outset, from wandering bands of robbers and
wild beasts, was yet pleasant, as they saw not only
L6
L6v
228
the ruins of Gambaron, but the remains of Old
Birnie, once the capital of Bornou, said to have
had a population of two hundred thousand souls,
and covering a space of six square miles: the walls
were in many places standing, and appeared to
have been very thick. After joining the army,
the spectacle sweeping over the open country, or
winding through the forests, was gay and striking.
The cavalry as already seen, were well
mounted and warlike, and the Karemboo infantry
(the Sheikh’s favourite soldiers,) naked, except
a belt of goat’s skin, armed with a spear,
dagger, and shield, like the soldiers of Ashantee,
were very imposing and picturesque, contrasting
with the principal slaves and commanders, arrayed
in scarlet bornouses trimmed with gold. To the
army of Bornou were added those of four other
Sultans, each having his own followers, with some
peculiarity of dress and arms, adding to the general
effect, and forming a noble body.
This hostile army conquered by its appearance;
for one reconnoitering party brought in about eight
hundred women and children, who all expected to
be made slaves, and on entering the Sheikh’s tents
uttered piteous cries; but he ordered them to be
released, saying, “‘Go back, tell the wicked and
powerful chiefs who urge your husbands to rebel
and to kafir, that I shall quickly be with them, and
it is them I will punish, not the innocent and the
helpless.’”
As all the country came forward in submission
after this, the return was that of a peaceful and
happy triumph, and they arrived at Kouka before
the rainy season; nevertheless, a time of great
anxiety and distress followed, for Captain Clapperton
was dangerously ill, Hillman, their carpenter
and factotum, in delirious fever, Dr. Oudney
in the last stage of consumption, Major Denham
constantly sick and half blind, and all were in a
state of poverty. Their supplies of money had
been kept back by the roguish brother of Boo
Khaloom, their presents were all gone, and others
sent out by government were not arrived; and
although the Sheikh never suffered them to want
sustenance, all the delicacies required for their weak
state were lost to them, when wanted the most.
When Captain Clapperton was recovered, he
obtained permission to set out for Kano, whither
Dr. Oudney accompanied him, finding, as he declared,
relief only from travelling. A few days after
they were gone, Major Denham had the satisfaction
of receiving at his hut an Englishman, Ensign
Toole, “a fine, robust, healthy looking young man,
who had volunteered to join them from Malta, and
had made the long and difficult journey from
Tripoli in three months.” He proved as amiable
as he was active and courageous; and whilst his
friends were at Kano, the Major and his new companion
set out for Luggan on the eastern shores of
the Tchad.
Here little was seen (certainly nothing new),
but much was suffered from the heat, the musquitoes,
and fever. The women of the country were
much handsomer than those of Bornou, and they
were received with kindness by the men; but, alas!
the young stranger was sick even unto death, and
a very few weeks added his name to the martyrs of
African explorers.
After this, the Sheikh had a great battle and
conquest over the Begharmis, from whom they
took abundance of plunder, and amongst other
things, fifty sirias (beautiful women); and slaves
were so cheap, that a fine girl of fifteen was offered
to Major Denham for a red cap and turban. All
offers to increase slavery were firmly rejected by
the English, but they were perpetually renewed,
either in the way of gift or bargain. On one occasion
only was a woman accepted, to be a nurse
in the time of sickness; for then, the traveller justly
observes, “man looks naturally for the tenderness
and assistance woman only can bestow.”
We must now follow the steps of Captain Clapperton
and Dr. Oudney, who traversed for some
time the road they had taken before to Old Birnie,
passed the banks of the lake Yeon, and in eight
days reached Bedeckaufee, where they were cordially
received by the governor, whose dwelling
was large and clean, consisting of a quadrangle of
many huts, like bee-hives.
“The Arab women of this place are really
beautiful: they wear their hair differently from
their countrywomen elsewhere. The fashion of it
is such, that at a distance it might be taken for a
helmet; a large braid on the crown having some
resemblance to a crest, and the side tresses being
neatly plaited and frizzled out at the ends.”
Leaving this town, their kafila was increased
by five hundred people at least, in order to guard
against the Arabs. The natives of Haoussa carried
their merchandise on their heads, and were armed
with bows and arrows. Those of Bornou convey
their goods on asses and bullocks, and are armed
with spears. Their first halt was in the Bedu
country, where the temperature was low, and the
water crusted with thin flakes of ice. They here
saw the kuka tree of immense size, measuring from
twenty to twenty-five feet. The trunk and branches
are covered with a soft, glossy, copper-coloured
rind, the leaves small, the flowers white, large, and
pendulous, like the water lily. Also the gourjee
tree, like a stunted oak, with a beautiful dark
red flower, somewhat like a tulip. The Bedites
spoke the language of Bornou, and acknowledged
their Sultan, but the Bornouese despised them,
saying “they had no religion”. Their favourite
food is dogs, which they fatten for eating: their
country is defended by morasses and forests, which
afford them a precarious independence.
Crossing the Yean, they came to the city of
Katagum, and were welcomed by a servant of the
governor, and soon after met a party of horsemen,
who saluted them, brandished their spears, and
sang a kind of war-song, in a manner new and
striking. They were kindly received by the
governor, who gave them wheat, honey, and goora
nuts, with milk for Dr. Oudney. This gentlemen
underwent great fatigue here, from the number of
those who sought his prescriptions, especially the
women, who wanted medicines to ensure them
husbands, preserve their affections, or effect the
death of their rivals.
To the southward of Katagum is the country of
Yacaba, called by the Mahometans Boushy (the
land of the infidels). “The inhabitants have received
the name of Yemyems or cannibals, with what
justice I know not. On interrogating the Arabs
strictly, they allowed they had never witnessed the
fact, but affirmed they had seen human heads and
limbs hung up in the dwellings of the inhabitants.”
“We had a visit from the governor, and I was
taken to visit his favourite wife, who pretended of
course to be much frightened at the sight of a
Christian.” The women here were, generally
speaking, well-looking, and both in their persons
and dwellings were all very clean and neat. “The
cadi, who had made the pilgrimage of Mecca, was
acquainted with Arabic, and a man of sense and
learning, explained the use of my watch to his
L9r
233
countrymen with much perspicuity: his complexion
was coal black, with a hook nose, large
eyes, and a full bushy beard. The governor’s
house here, and other buildings, were far superior
to any in Bornou.”
Leaving this place, they proceeded to Murmur,
where the long-suffering traveller, poor Dr. Oudney,
died, and was buried, by the governor’s permission,
beneath a mimosa tree, near the southern gate of
the town. Captain Clapperton, read our beautiful
and affecting church service over the body of the
only European, and probably the only Christian,
that had ever been laid in this truly “strange
land.” How must his feelings have been awakened!
These sad duties paid, Captain Clapperton journeyed
forwards, and in two days reached Katusga,
surrounded by a wall, the first town he entered in
Haoussa Proper. From thence he arrived at
Zangeia, a romantic looking place: within the
walls is a ridge of rocks, and without them blue
mountains, intersected with plantations of indigo
and cotton. Pursuing his journey, the traveller tells
us that the following day “I had an attack of
ague and was obliged to rest all day under a tree.
A pretty Felatah girl, going to market with milk
and butter, neat and spruce in her attire as a
Cheshire dairy-maid, here accosted me with infinite
archness and grace. She said I was of her own
nation, and after much amusing small talk, I
L9v
234
pressed her in jest to accompany me on my
journey, while she parried my solicitations with
roguish glee, and referred me to her father and
mother. I don’t know how it happened, but her
presence seemed to dispel the effects of the
ague. The making of butter such as ours is
confined to the nation of the Felatahs: in other
parts of central Africa it is sold in a fluid state,
resembling honey.”
On reaching Kano, Captain Clapperton made
himself as smart in his naval uniform as possible,
and with his attendants entered the town. “At
eleven o’clock we entered the Kano, the great
emporium of the kingdom of Haoussa; but I had
no sooner passed the gates, than I felt grievously
disappointed, for from the flourishing description
of it given by the Arabs, I expected to see a city
of surprising grandeur. I found on the contrary,
the houses nearly a quarter of a mile from the
walls, and in many places scattered into detached
groups, between large stagnant pools of water. I
might have spared all the pains I had taken with
my toilet, for not an individual turned his head
round to gaze at me; but all, intent on their own
business, allowed me to pass without notice or
remark.”
Having a letter of introduction from the Sheikh
of Bornou, he was accommodated with a large
house of five rooms and six chambers, and visited
by the merchants of that kafila with which he
L10r
235
left Kouka, and whom he had been obliged to quit,
on account of Dr. Oudney’s state. He found them
all looking like ghosts from an intermittent fever.
He was himself soon attacked by it, but visited the
governor, made him large presents, and was well
received. He was a Felatah of dark copper
colour, and expressed a desire that the captain
would visit his master the Sultan. Here he heard
from Major Denham, who forwarded him from
Kouka things received from England, proper for
presents and necessaries, besides newspapers and
letters. Some of these must have been very welcome,
as he was now confined with ague himself.
The unhealthy state of Kano is readily accounted
for, as a marsh actually intersects the city within
the walls, and the pestilential vapours of this
morass is increased by its receiving all the sewers
of the town. It is divided into distinct parts, and
there are villages, gardens, and ponds, all within
the walls. One of these, called the Village of the
Blind, is inhabited only by those unfortunate
people. In every part of Africa diseases of the eyes
are prevalent, and are attributed to the nitrous
state of the atmosphere, as well as the light sand,
so universally known to be injurious. Captain
Clapperton had an opportunity of seeing here two
governors, with troops, going out to Sansan.
The cavalry were armed with shields, swords,
and spears, and altogether sumptuously accoutered;
the foot wore only a tanned skin girt round the
L10v
236
loins, strung with shells or tassels. They had a
quiver on the left shoulder, with an ornamented
pouch, and a canteen of dried grass, so well plaited
that it will hold water. They used their unstrung
bows as a walking stick. On some of the horsemen’s
shields was a cross, which was also found on
the doors of some houses. As the swords come
from Malta, it is possible this figure may have
reached them from thence. There is a great
market at Kano for corn, meat, linen, writing
paper, knives, scissors, tobes, &c.; and it is conducted
with great fairness, as any person who has
imposed on another, by selling that which is bad,
is forced to refund the money paid. An English
green cotton umbrella was bought by the traveller
for three dollars. The Moors called them clouds
—certainly a good figure.
Snake jugglers, like those of India, were found
in Kano, also boxers who fight for money, and
appear to be quite as scientific as the fancy in
England, since, whilst they keep the head in
chancery, “they can gonge or scoop out one of the
eyes.” The amusement is often fatal to those who
engage in it, who are generally speaking the
butchers. They call themselves “the lion”, “the
hyena” &c. names which, being grand and consistent,
it would be well for their white brethren to
adopt on similar occasions in this country.
Captain Clapperton here learnt, that when Mr.
Hornemann died at Nyffu, the negro rabble burned
the learned man (Jassup Felatah) with whom he
lodged, in his own house, together with all the
papers and property there, from a superstitious
dread of his holding intercourse with evil spirits.
After staying about two months at Kano, our
traveller set out for Sackatoo, the residence of the
Sultan Bello. The country through which he was
passing, on the seventh day, became very beautiful,
and had clear springs of water issuing from the
rocks, where young women were drawing it.
“I asked several times for a gourd of water, by
way of excuse to enter into conversation with them.
Bending gracefully on one knee, and displaying at
the same time teeth of pearly whiteness, and eyes
of the blackest lustre, they presented it to me on
horseback, and appeared highly delighted when I
thanked them for their civility, remarking to one
another, ‘Did you hear the white man thank me?’”
A journey of twenty-one days brought the traveller
to Sackatoo, and being met at a distance by
a messenger from the Sultan, he again put on his
dress uniform, with Turkish slippers and turban,
and he entered amid crowds of people pressing to
see him, and was welcomed by the old and young,
conducted to the house of the gagado or vizier,
supplied with milk, and then left to his repose.
The following day he was most kindly received by
the Sultan, who was sitting “on a carpet between
L11v
238
two pillars supporting the roof of a thatched house
not unlike one of our cottages.” He was a noble-
looking man, about five feet ten inches in height,
with a short curling black beard, small mouth, fine
forehead, Grecian nose, and black eyes. He spoke
with great bitterness of the inroad made into his
dominions by Boo Khaloom, and asked very naturally,
“but what was your friend doing there?”
On being told that Major Denham only wanted to
see the country, he returned the books which had
been taken when he was plundered, in the handsomest
manner. He was much pleased with his
presents, and intelligent in his observations, being,
like the Sheikh, delighted with rockets above all
things. He was a man of reading, and was found at
his studies repeatedly when visited; and he took
the suggestions of the traveller on the subject of
commerce so kindly, as to promise he would build
a town on the coast, for the purposes of British
commerce. As we understand that Captain Clapperton
and Major Denham are returned to this
country, we may conclude that they have power
from our government to ratify the treaties required
here and at Bornou for such purpose.
Sackatoo is in lat. 13° 4′ 52″ N., and long.
6° 12′ E.; situate near an inconsiderable stream,
which flows into the Quarra. It was built in 18051805,
has regular streets and high walls, with twelve
gates, which are closed at sunset. There are two
large mosques, a spacious market-place, and a large
L12r
239
square. Like Kano it is near a marsh, and the inhabitants
are much troubled with ague.
As this place is the farthest point in the heart of
Africa to which any European has penetrated, we
must here conclude our account of the interior of
the country (which may perhaps at some future
period be approached by a less circuitous route,
and to better purpose). The journey to Sackatoo
had been one of great fatigue to Captain Clapperton,
(who is evidently a man of invincible perseverance,
and uncomplaining endurance,) and that of
his return to Kano was not less so. After leaving
this city, and retracing his steps to Bornou, he
arrived of course at Murmur, and had the cruel
mortification to find that a kafila of Arabs had
destroyed the wall round Dr. Oudney’s grave, and
made fires on the spot, saying “he was a kafir.”
These gentlemen, thus making different excursions,
give a greater insight into the country than
could be obtained by any individual. From all
their observations, we are led to think, that the
black population in Africa constitute by far the
best disposed of its inhabitants, as the Sheikh at
Kouka, and the Sultan of Sackatoo, gave proof;
and from the kind treatment of the slaves observed
throughout their countries, the goodness of their
hearts may be estimated. The Moors and the
Arabs are alike treacherous, cruel, and acute; and
having the commerce of this vast continent in their
own hands, and the power of affecting the minds
L12v
240
of all the Sultans and generals in those numerous
countries through which they are continually
moving, there seems little probability of any permanent
establishment for the English in countries
subjected to their influence. The climate, the
habits, the natural evils, of these countries, may be
for a time endured by strangers of happy constitutions
and superior minds, but they form insuperable
obstacles to the general class of travellers; and
after the fearful experiment of colonising afforded
by Sierra Leone, (which is, in fact, a perpetually
yawning grave,) we can scarcely desire to see any
farther trial on the subject. We can, however,
join in the feelings of these philanthropic travellers,
when they tell us, that they heard with exulting
hearts the following words from the lips of a ruler
in the centre of Africa:—
“‘You say true—we are all sons of one father!
You say also, that the sons of Adam should not
sell one another, and you know every thing! God
has given you all great talents; but what are we to
do? The Arabs who come here will have nothing
else but slaves: why don’t you send us your merchants?
you know us now; and let them bring their
women with them, and live amongst us, and teach
us what you talk to me about so often, to build
houses and boats, and make rockets.’”
Such was the farewell of the Sheikh of Bornou,
when these resolute and successful travellers bade
him adieu. The volumes containing their journals
M1r
241
are singularly entertaining and interesting; and no
one can close them without feeling the most lively
anxiety for the future fate of Major Denham and
Captain Clapperton, now, as we trust, once more in
Bornou. Cold, indeed, must be the heart that does
not bid them “God speed,” in their adventurous
journey.
Mr. Salt, Captain Lyon, Mr. Horneman, and
Mr. Tyrwhitt, have all travelled in the interior of
Africa more or less; and unquestionably the lost
papers of Mr. Horneman would have been very
valuable, seeing that he had reached as far as Nyffee,
a city many days distant from Sackatoo, lying nearer
the African coast. By a map of Sultan Bello’s, given
by him to Captain Clapperton, it appears that, in
this part of Africa, the great river Kowara is described
as the Nile, which runs to Egypt: the name
Niger as applied to this river they found unknown.
It is called by M. Mollien Dialleba, evidently, the
Joulibah of Park. The great lake Tchad, though
twice visited, did not reveal to our travellers the
egress of those great rivers: it has been supposed
to receive from the west and send forth toward the
east and north.
Part V.
The Southern Parts, and the Islands ofAfrica.
Chap. I.
General Observations.—Lower Guinea.—Loango.—Congo.—
Benguela.—Caffraria.—Zanquebar.—Moruccas.—Gulf of
Sofala.—Cape of Good Hope.—The Dutch.—Visit of the
Caffers.—Love of Presents.—Farm Houses.—Bosjesmans.
—Numanquas Lions.—Probable Improvement of Negroes.
We now return to the western coast of Africa,
beginning with those countries where the heat is
most powerful, and proceeding round the coast, of
which alone we can offer facts, the interior, or at
least the middle part, never having been visited by
any eye-witness of the accounts which have been
promulgated. From the fathers whose voyages we
have scanned the best accounts of the countries they
have traversed are derived; and they are generally
very meagre. Men who travel merely for gain are
seldom communicative on other subjects; otherwise
M2r
243
we can scarcely doubt that the Portuguese merchants
might have assisted us. It is certain that
the greatest part of the interior consists of barren
sands, and that the produce of those countries on
the sea-coast, with which we are better acquainted,
does not differ much from each other. The natives
of these countries are for the most part Pagans;
but there are a mixture of Moors and Christians to
be found, and in most places a number of Jews.
The government is every where monarchical, but
divided into petty states, and subject to frequent
changes; for being all void of knowledge, any
daring chief who possesses a little more native
talent and reflective faculty than those around him,
will easily extend his conquests, and seat himself in
the chair of his superior. The polygamy almost
universally allowed in these countries, by providing
many heirs, increases this evil, and rapacity, cruelty,
injustice, and ferocity, are the strongest traits of
history in the succession of African kings and
usurpers.
The kingdoms of Lower Guinea, in succession,
after Majumbo, are Loango, Congo, Matamba,
Benguela, and Mataman. On the eastern coast,
opposite to these, lie the countries of Caffraria,
Zanquebar, Moruccas, Zimbar, Monomotapa, Sofala,
Subia, and Monica. Between these lie Monoemugi,
Jagas, the Lake of Zambre, Bororsk, Jaga,
Cassangi, and Abutna. An immense desert, named,
in different parts, Aculunga, Namaquas, and Biri,
M2
M2v
244
brings us down to the country of the Hottentots
and the Cape.
To each of these countries we will give the best
review our slight materials and contracted space
afford, concluding with the latest account which has
been received from the settlements on the western
side of the Cape of Good Hope.
Loango is bounded on the north by Benin, and
the south by Congo, and is extremely hot, yet considered
healthy and pleasant. The inhabitants are
little inclined to plant or sow; but nature has been
liberal to them in providing crops of beans and
millet thrice a year. Their palms and banana trees
produce excellent fruit, of which they make agreeable
wine. Cotton and pimento trees grow wild;
and the enzanda, alicanda, and meramba, provide
them materials for clothes, houses, and ships. Sugar
canes, cassia, tobacco, cocoas, oranges, and
lemons, are excellent, and their roots and vegetables
not less so; but they have little cattle, as oxen cannot
live there. Hogs and poultry are abundant,
and pheasants with other game may be purchased
in quantities for a string of common beads. The
natives were formerly cannibals, but are much improved,
and carry on various handicraft trades,
being friendly and generous to each other, although
extremely jealous of their wives. Their dress is
cloth of their own manufacture, hanging from their
shoulders to their feet, fastened to the body by a
rich girdle curiously wrought. Those who are
M3r
245
rich distinguish themselves by wearing two girdles,
and adorn their necks, wrists, and legs, by chains
of copper, tin, or iron, corals, and ivory. The
women have the same kind of garment, but theirs
hang no lower than the knee; and over all they
throw a mantle of some European manufacture.
The Loangoese have no idea of a Supreme Being;
they have, indeed, a kind of idol called Sambo
Pongo, but they neither love, fear, nor pray to him;
but there are demons in their creed to whom they
ascribe supernatural qualities. They have priests,
called mokisso; but they are not of much importance.
Their wives are purchased, and many of
the men have ten or twelve. This kingdom is
divided into four provinces, each of which contains
many towns and villages; but the interior is little
known. They have many fine rivers, but the bay of
Loango is injured by a bank on the north entrance.
The trade consists of elephants’ teeth, palm oil,
which they extract in great quantities, and slaves.
The capital (Loango) has many wide streets; the
king’s palace is in the centre, and the whole city is
planted with fine palm trees and bananas, which
yield delightful shade. The inhabitants are generally
peaceable, and seldom see any other war than
what arises from a change in their government.
Congo, though united to Loango on the north
side, enjoys a more temperate climate. It is a
much larger kingdom than the former, and has a
M3
M3v
246
greater variety of produce. Elephants of a prodigious
size, lions, leopards, and buffaloes, are
numerous, from being sheltered by the grass in the
vallies, which is of prodigious height and thickness,
forming also a retreat for many terrible reptiles.
The usossis, an animal peculiar to this country is
considered the most timid of all creatures: it is
about the size of a cat, and is delicate food. They
have another singular animal called entiengia, with
a beautifully spotted skin, which is worn only by
princes of the blood; also a species of rat, the sura,
whose flesh is so delicious that a feast among the
grandees would be thought deficient without it.
The forests abound with wild dogs as fierce as
wolves; they will attack whole droves of cattle, and
even armed men; they never bark, but make a
terrible howling. Their ostriches are prodigiously
large, their parrots of singular beauty; and they
have a small bird remarkable for the sweetness of
its song, which is so articulated as to give the impression
that it is singing words. Their serpents,
like their elephants, are of an immense size and
strength; there are many small ones, also, of the
most pernicious kind.
The king of Congo embraced Christianity at the
instance of the Portuguese, who discovered this
country in 14841484, and was soon after followed by
his court and people. St. Salvador is the capital.
The country is divided into many provinces, and
M4r
247
well watered by the Zaire, the Dando, and other
rivers, as before mentioned.
Matamba.—This country lies more in the interior
parts of Africa, and is, of course, much less
known than the preceding: having no sea-coast, it
is divided into five provinces, and St. Marie de
Matamba is the capital.
Benguela.—This country is bounded on the
north by Angola, on the east by Jafa Cassangi, on
the south by Mataman, and on the west by the
sea. Cape Negro forms its southern boundary,
from whence a chain of mountains run northwards,
which contain the springs of many rivers. Angola,
which lies between this country and Congo, may
be considered a part of it, as their productions and
situation is in many respects similar. The Portuguese
have considerable possessions in these
countries, and where they are settled Christianity
is professed; but the rest of the inhabitants are
engaged so much in war, that the country is at present
thinly populated, and no new settlers are likely
to increase their numbers. The general productions
resemble those of Congo, and they have two crops
in the year.
Mataman, or Cimbeba, a large country south of
the former, is little known, as it borders upon the
great desert to the south, and is shut out from approach
by the sea, from the rocks Baxas de Padrea:
the river Bombarrogue divides it from Matapan.
We will now proceed to the countries on the
M4
M4v
248
opposite coast, premising that our survey must be
cursory, because the islands will claim from us particular
attention as being numerous, and, in many
cases, highly interesting.
Caffraria.—This part of Africa lies between
Congo, Negroland, Abyssinia, and the sea. It is
divided into Caffraria proper, and the land of the
Hottentots. The name is derived from the Arabic
word “Cafier” or “Kafir”, (an infidel,) and which we
have already seen is applied all over Africa as a
term of reproach.
The inhabitants of the former country are taller,
more bold and strong, nor have they the thick lips
and high cheek-bones of the latter: both nations
are black. They are governed by kings, who are
hereditary, but have little power, except to increase
the sale of slaves, which is the only commerce of
this wretched country, great numbers being sent
not only to the West Indies (which formerly was
the great mart), but into Egypt and Asia. In
every voyage, or journey, numbers are always
sacrificed; but it is generally allowed that when
arrived at their destination, they are better treated
every where than by the planters in our islands,
who have of late years taken great pains to wipe
this stain from their characters; and their present
slaves are, unquestionably, better provided for than
they would be in the land of their fathers.
In hot weather the Caffras are quite naked, in
winter they wear calves’ or oxen hides. They entertain
M5r
249
exalted notions of the Supreme Being, and
believe in a future state of reward to the good, and
punishment to the wicked. They live amongst
their cattle familiarly, and with their mild manners
and soft voices exact from them a kind of obedience
that is surprising. Their women are ingenious,
and weave baskets of so close a texture, that they
will contain milk, and their huts are spacious and
well put together. Millet affords their principal
food, and they use for arms a lance or assaguy,
which they throw with dexterity and force.
Zanquebar.—This country runs in a parallel
line with Caffraria, bordering on the eastern
sea; and we can see no reason to distinguish it
farther, than being, as its name imports, the Negroes’
coast. The inhabitants are all black, with
curled woolly hair, but near the sea are found a
considerable number of Mahometans, the descendants
of Arabs who have been banished. This extensive
tract contains the kingdoms of Mongala,
Mosambique, Juba, and others, but the same description
will apply to all. The whole land is
barren and unhealthy, as it lies low, and is intersected
with lakes, forests, and marshes, amongst
which the air stagnates and corrupts the products
of the earth. The fruits are unwholesome, and
man, sickly and indolent, is unable to resist the
complicated evils which surround him. The Bedouin
Arabs are the only persons who can turn
the country to advantage, by breeding quantities of
M5
M5v
250
cattle, and living on their flesh and milk, while the
Zanges or Negroes, are content with the wild fowl
and beasts which swarm around them. To supply
the want of corn, of which they are destitute, they
apply themselves to searching for gold, which is
easily got, and with which they purchase the necessaries
of life from other parts. They are extremely
jealous of letting strangers penetrate their
land, more especially the Portuguese, and being
fierce, ignorant, strong, and brutish, successfully
prevent the inroads of those with whom they trade.
Both Caffers and Arabs go naked, except a piece
of cotton cloth tied round their middles; but they
adorn their arms and legs with beads, bugles, and
what other trinkets they can purchase from the
merchants, for which they pay with gold, furs, and
ivory.
Moruccas and Zimbas are parts of the same
district, and have no distinctive description of the
least note. Leaving them, we arrive at those
countries which lie around the gulf and kingdom
of Sofala, viz. Monomatapa and Chiava to the
north, Sabia and Monica to the south and west,
and describe them with Sofala the centre, seeing
that they resemble each other in their productions
and inhabitants, and that Sofala is the best known
and most valuable part.
The gulf of Sofala is in the channel of the
Mozambique, and the country and capital lie opposite
the southern part of Madagascar. It is governed
M6r
251
by a Mahomedan prince, tributary to Portugal,
and the inhabitants are a mixture of
Mahometans, Arabs, Pagan Caffers, and Portuguese
Christians, each party bad of the kind. The river
of Sofala has in its sands a considerable admixture
of gold dust; and from the mines of this country,
more than two millions of merigals of gold are said
to be extracted every year, which Savary computes
to be worth £1,166,666 sterling. This produce
is divided between the Portuguese, the Arabians
of Mecca, and the native traders of Quiloa and
Melinda. The last come in small barks, bringing
with them dyed cottons, ambergris, yellow and red
amber; the Arabians exchange goods from the
East Indies for ivory and gold. Before the Portuguese
had a settlement here, the town was an inconsiderable
place, fenced with a thorn hedge, but
it is now fortified and every way improved, being
conveniently seated on a small island. The natives
are quite black, but tall and genteel. They wear a
wrapper of silk or cotton round the body, which
descends to the knees, with turbans on their heads;
the rest of their bodies is naked, except for a profusion
of ornaments, which are mostly brought
from Bombay, and the better sort affect to carry
swords with ivory handles.
They cultivate rice and millet, eat the flesh of
elephants, and make beer and wine, besides other
liquors made from the palm, and honey, which is
here so abundant, that a considerable part of it lies
M6
M6v
252
neglected. Many learned men are of opinion that it
was from the mines of Sofala Solomon drew that
fine gold so highly spoken of by the sacred historian,
and that this kingdom is the Ophir therein
named; since it is certain there is no gold in Africa
so pure as that which is obtained at this place: it
lies in long. 33 to 36. and lat. 19 to 22. S.
Monoemugi.—A country under the line, but
north of Caffraria: is said to be the kingdom of a
rich and powerful prince, who has subdued many
of the little states around him, so that the limits of
his kingdom are unknown. His country is said to
be rich in gold, silver, and copper, by means of
which he carries on commerce through Abyssinia,
and with some of the eastern coasters for European
and Indian commodities, he having no port
of his own on any sea. Elephants are very numerous
in this country, and are a source of great
profit, both to the emperor and his people, as they
export great quantities of ivory.
M. De Lisle divides this unknown country into
five provinces,—the Maracates, the Mossagneres,
the kingdoms of the Bengas, of Masty and of
Maravi; the last of which M. D’Anville places on
the southern part of the lake thus named. We
now arrive at the Cape of Good Hope, the extreme
point of Africa, in the land of the Hottentots. It
was discovered in 14871487 by a Portuguese navigator,
Bartholomew Diaz, who gave it the name of the
Stormy Cape; but his king (Emanuel) changed it
M7r
253
to that which it now bears. The Dutch in their
voyages landed here to take in water and deposit
their letters in a case of iron, which those who
returned exchanged for others, until Van Riebeck,
a surgeon, conceived the plan of forming a settlement
here.
The Dutch East India company, therefore, sent
out Riebeck with four ships, and he so far acquired
the friendship of the natives as to lay the foundation
of Cape Town; and as a bounty of sixty acres was
given to those who settled there, it soon became a
prosperous colony. About one hundred years
afterwards a war took place with the natives respecting
the boundaries, which lasted several years
and cost many lives; but since then they have lived
in peace. The climate is fine, the soil good, and
abundance of corn can be produced beyond the
mountains of the coast. In the higher part of the
country there are a great many wild beasts to
which the native Caffers often fall a prey. In 18061806
this important place was taken by the British, who
still retain it; and as there were already six pretty
considerable settlements, to which they have made
great additions, the Christian population is now
extensive and increasing. Graham’s Town, on
Algoa Bay, in New Albany, promises at this time
to be one of the best settlements the English possess;
yet, under the name of Jureveldt (from its
sour grass), it was for a long time the source of
contention between the natives and the Dutch, as
M7v
254
the former would come down by thousands at a
time, and although they generally retreated with
loss (since fire-arms must decide battles of this
kind), yet their power of throwing the assagui, or
spear, for sixty or seventy yards with unerring aim,
never failed to inflict considerable injury on the
settlers.
It is certain that the Dutch have never taken
the proper means of conciliating the natives; being
always found cruel task-masters to the slaves in
their West India possessions, they have extended
the same spirit to their black brethren here also;
otherwise their regularity, industry, and knowledge,
could not have failed to render their settlement
as beneficial to the natives as themselves.
The English have adopted a different system: they
treat the Caffers with kindness and confidence, and
have established a kind of fairs between themselves
and the Caffers, from which great benefit will be
derived to both. Their chiefs have come to the
frontier to pay their respects to Lord Charles Somerset,
each representing a different tribe, and
being accompanied by a Hottentot interpreter.
They are represented by an eye-witness of this
curious visit as being “a noble-looking race, finely
proportioned, and of great muscular strength, and
possessing infinite sagacity.” The chiefs were
M8r
255
accompanied by a very fine young man as attendant
or counsellor: “his hair was dressed in the
highest fashion: the women prepare it with the red
clay, highly valued by them, and cover the head
with red beads the size of a pea.”—“Enno is an
old man with a placid countenance. Botman, a
tall bold fellow, and a jolly dog. Cobus Congo, a
good little quiet creature, born of a subject wife.
Pato, born of a Tambookie wife, a good-humored
fellow.”
“Their surprise was very great on seeing shops,
which they expressed eagerly to each other. They
are all great beggars, and every visit ended with
‘Baseila, baseila’ (give a present). These they
uniformly received, and, after admiring them, put
them into little bags, made of animals’ skins, and
gave them to their attendants.”
In this particular we may observe that the Caffer
chiefs only resembled the rest of the Africans; from
the emperor who rules over millions, to the sheikh
of a miserable village, all demand presents. It is,
indeed, a custom all over the East, and unquestionably
of very ancient origin, since we see it frequently
referred to in the Scriptures from the time
of Moses downwards.
These chiefs wore a cloak of leopard’s skin
thrown gracefully over the shoulders, a necklace of
copper beads wound round the head, and two,
three, or four armlets of the elephant’s tusk, according
to their age and valour.
“The women were, in
M8v
256
general, well grown and stout, their dress was
becoming; the head-dress full and covered with a
thousand beads; the outward robe loose, made of
the antelope’s skin, which has a fine gloss, with
three rows of buttons behind: they walk with a
confident air.
when they were asked ‘if either were Tambookie?’
as the word was pronounced short they did not
immediately comprehend us, but at last pointed to
one who was a remarkably fine woman; but with
an indifferent air, and not inclined to advance, she
said, pointing her finger to her face and nodding,
‘There Tambookie, bazalia.’ When the string of
beads was given to her she seemed pleased, and
gave her hand with a smile. Upon her husband
asking for ‘another soopie,’ she entreated him not
to take more, and he reluctantly went away with
her. The men are also cautious about their wives
drinking: they only allowed the glass to be half
filled with wine when they were offered any, and
the women generally refused. A young Caffer, found marauding, had been
lodged in Graham Town prison with two others,
who were from a distant province belonging to the
Ceuta tribe. On some gentlemen going to visit them
they found them mixed with European prisoners.
The oldest, a man near seventy, was trying to
make leather pliant, that he might make shoes like M9r 257
the Hottentot, who was going to teach him; and
the youngest, a lad of nineteen, was trying to learn
Dutch, and laughing loudly at his own pronunciation.
The countenance of the old man was grave,
but sweet; and strongly contrasted with the young
one, whose heart seemed overflowing with delight.”
It is a pleasant thing to contemplate the possibility
of this people (so long vilified and degraded)
as capable of civilisation, and likely, from a
humane and wise policy, to be united eventually
to the great family of mankind, not as slaves, but
brethren. Our limits forbid us from pursuing this
subject farther; but we must not omit to mention
the state of our countrymen in this place, because
it is well known that the first year of their arrival
was singularly unfortunate, and that many a sigh
for their fate has been breathed by those whom they
left behind. We now learn that their second
crops in a great degree atoned for the failure of
the first; that the country is well watered, fruit
plentiful, and that where a garden is properly
irrigated, vegetables may be had in abundance all
the year. Cattle and sheep are plentiful; but the
torrents of rain are very destructive to the latter.
Hottentots are hired by the year for so many cows.
In every house the settler must provide for the
general wants of the family, which is exemplified
among the Dutch, who are hospitable, rich, and
live quite in the patriarchal way, with numerous
families of children and servants, large herds and
M9v
258
flocks, beautiful gardens, and every description of
plenty around them. They are great sportsmen,
and hunt the lion as well as the deer, which abound
in their neighbourhood. It is the duty of their
wives to manage the family, which they do by distributing
work to all around them (every article
of clothing being made in the house), and sipping
tea all day long.
Ivory, parrots, mimosa, gum, cordage made
of the bark of a tree, young bucks, mats, and
baskets, are brought by the Caffers to the fairs;
and they take in return beads, knives, hatchets, and
tinder boxes: the latter are evidently of the greatest
use to them, and they therefore cannot fail to rejoice
in the difference of times, since it is but lately
that they dared to show their heads beyond the
boundaries prescribed to them. Although these
extracts have been made from a small work just
published (18271827), we hold (in common with all
who think on the subject) Mr. Barrow’s work on
Southern Africa to be the most complete and
faithful that has appeared. His account of the
savage state of the Bosjesmans, or men of the bushes,
renders the prospect of their initiation into a degree
of civilisation the more welcome. The bad treatment
the natives received from the Dutch, by exciting
them to revenge, and inuring them to seek the means
of life by plunder, accounts for all that is wrong in
their past conduct, and hateful in their present
character.
The Hottentots, he observes, are altogether of
a different description, being naturally meek, and
yielding to oppression, rather than resisting it; and
of Mammanqua Hottentots he says,—
“Some of the women were very elegant figures,
and possessed a considerable share of vivacity and
activity. The most ornamental part of their dress
was a small leather apron, to which, in addition to
the border of shells and beads, were appended six
or eight chains in pairs, which hung down to the
ground: these were supplied to them by the
Damaras, a tribe to the northward.”—“The huts of
the Numanquas differ materially from those
erected by the Hottentots, or by the Bosjesmans,
or by the Kaffers or Caffrees. They are perfect
hemispheres, covered with matting made of sedges,
and the frame-work, or skeletons, are semicircular
sticks, half of them diminishing from the centre or
upper part, and the other half crossing these at
right angles, forming thus a true representation of
the parallels of latitude, and meridian on an artificial
globe. They are in general, from ten to
twelve feet in diameter, and so commodious that
many of the peasantry of the Khamiesberg have
adopted them.”
The women of this tribe of Hottentots are
remarkable for that conformation of body said
to belong to Negroes in general. Mr. Barrow
says, “An old Numanqua Hottentot woman is a
figure that could not be seen by the most serious
M10v
260
without laughter, and an old Dutch woman in this
part of the country without pity; the first being remarkable
for the prominences of the body, the
latter from its want of points and uninterrupted rotundity.”
—“The country they now inhabit is
almost deserted by all kinds of beasts, that live in
a state of nature; but a few days before our arrival,
a lion had occasioned some little stir in the
country, which had not yet subsided. A Hottentot,
belonging to one of the farmers, had endeavoured
for some time, in vain, to drive his master’s cattle
into a pool of water, enclosed between two ridges
of rock, when, at length, he espied a huge lion
couching in the midst of the pool. Terrified at the
unexpected sight of such a beast, that seemed to
have its eyes fixed upon him, he instantly took to
his heels, leaving the cattle to shift for themselves.
In doing this, he had the presence of mind to run
through the herd, concluding that if the lion should
pursue, he might take up with the first beast that
presented itself. In this, however, he was mistaken.
The lion broke through the herd, making directly
after the Hottentot, who on turning round, and
perceiving that the monster had singled him out
for a meal, breathless and half dead with terror,
scrambled up one of the Aloe trees, in the trunk of
which had luckily been cut a few steps, the more
readily to come at some birds’ nests that the
branches contained. At the same moment the lion
made a spring at him, but, missing his aim, fell upon
M11r
261
the ground. In surly silence he walked round the
tree, casting every now and then a dreadful look
towards the poor Hottentot (who had crept behind
some finches’ nests that happened to be in the tree),
but at length departed.”
The European inhabitants of the Cape of Good
Hope are well supplied with churches, but some
parts of the colony are necessarily at a considerable
distance from a place of worship. That amiable
and indefatigable body of Christians, the Moravians,
many years since formed a settlement at
a distance of four hundred miles from the coast, and
are surrounded by a town of sable brethren, who
live, respected by their savage neighbours, in a state
of civilisation and happiness, giving decisive proof of
the possibility of leading the Negroes by kindness
and instruction to a life of industry, utility, and
piety.
Since the Cape came into our possession, several
expeditions have been made up the country. One
sent out by Lord Caledon penetrated beyond
Lukatoo, and described the country as much more
beautiful and rich than any they had seen, being
watered by the river Meloppo, which flowed from
a large lake. They went forward to a country in
the dominions of the king of Zaire, between Inhambaine
and Sofala; and this prince demanding
one of their waggons, a quarrel ensued, and all the
party were murdered. The catastrophe was discovered
from sending by sea to Sofala, and procuring
M11v
262
proper persons to enquire; and since then,
relics of these ill-fated men have been seen by
other travellers, who have not been deterred by
their fate from following their example.
The most interesting detail is that of Dr. Lichenstein,
whose observations coincide with those of
Mr. Barrow. On entering the country of the
Boshuanas, they saw some natives reclining under
a giraffe tree, who came forward to meet them,
and on seeing Kak, a native, who had accompanied
the party, laughed aloud, and clapped their hands.
At Kak’s desire they were conducted to the Sultan,
a man about sixty, of serious aspect, with a mantle
of cotton over his shoulders, and attended by a
number of men of his own age. He had two
wives, one was about twenty-two, and very handsome;
the other fifteen, a lively girl. Their dress
indicated their high rank; their mantles were
trimmed with valuable furs, and on the left shoulder
of each was fastened a bundle of cats’ tails, which
hung down before and behind: they had a great
number of necklaces made of copper, bone, and
coral, and the elder had upon her arm no less than
seventy-two copper rings, which she displayed with
great pride. Tea was offered them, but being
coolly taken, wine was brought out, which was
greatly preferred, but brandy seemed best of all.
When they were told our marriage laws, the
Queen Makaitschoah observed “that such regulations
might be proper in some places, but would
M12r
263
not do in their country, where so many men were
destroyed by war.”
Three days from this people, lay the Wanketse,
considered the weakest tribe of the Boshuanas:
between them were two tribes of Muruhlongs.
The Matsaraqua lay to the west: the most numerous
of all were the Macquine, to the north-east. These
were said to be skilful in working metals, and to
have in their country a large mountain, one side
of which is of copper, and the other of iron.
The Boshuanas are of the same stock with the
Caffers, but less athletic and handsome, yet their
women have more beauty. Tending cattle is their
principal employment. In time of war, each man
cuts off a piece of the flesh of the man he has killed,
roasts and eats it; and for each enemy slain, he has
the reward of receiving an incision, cut the whole
length of his thigh by the priest, the scars of which
are very honourable.
Mr. Campbell travelled in this country as a
missionary: he passed the Karroo wilderness, the
Bosjesman’s (or, as he calls it, the Bushman) country,
and arrived at Lukatoo. On entering a great
square, before the king’s house, he found several
hundred armed men, and about a thousand women
and children. They all appeared shy of him, as
they feared that he was come to take vengeance for
the death of that unfortunate party, of whom we
first spoke. Finding this was not his object, they
crowded eagerly around, looking for presents.
M12v
264
The reigning king was son to the man who had
received the first expedition; and whilst the people
were pressing round the strangers, he returned
from a hunting party. He had numerous attendants,
each bearing a pole dressed with black ostrich
feathers. He was not very courteous to the missionary;
but when he was given to understand that
Christians were more industrious than his subjects,
he agreed to receive missionaries, and promised to
protect them. Mr. Campbell says, that the people
were gay, gentle, and peaceable, in their demeanour,
but he has no doubt that they are fond of predatory
warfare; for in the course of his instruction he
asked one of them “‘for what end man was made?’”
to which the answer was, “‘for plundering expeditions.’”
This city at that time contained ten thousand
people, but since then they have removed it
sixty miles, and it does not at present contain more
than seven thousand.
The present party, on their return, took a
more easterly direction than their predecessors.
This enabled them to observe the junction of four
great rivers, the Malalareen, the Yellow river, the
Alexander, and the Cradock, which concur to form
the great or Orange river, which runs nearly across
the continent, and falls into the Atlantic. In trying
to reach a mission in Namaqua-land, they went along
the banks of this river, through a tract not visited
by any traveller before. The sand here was so deep,
that the wheels of their carriages sunk into it, and
N1r
265
they had the utmost difficulty in getting forward,
whilst the sand-stone rocks rose perpendicularly to
an immense extent, “reminding them of the wall
of China.” The heat was sometimes intolerable,
their water became warm, and their butter was oil.
When the Hottentots find heat increase to an
alarming degree, they dig into the earth or sand,
till they find it cool, and then rub their bodies with
it: whether our travellers pursued the same mode
of obtaining relief we are not told, but after an
absence of nine months they all arrived safe at the
colony.
Much about the same time, another gentleman,
Mr. Burchell, made an expedition to examine objects
of natural history, in the same direction. He
crossed the Orange river, and says, on the other
side he found the aspect of nature, and her productions,
totally changed. Here he saw the camelopardalis,
the lynx, a great variety of dogs and
cats, new birds and new serpents. Nor were the
novelties in botany less remarkable. In general the
country was flat, and presented to the eye only
boundless plains. In one part was a wood of acacias,
so immense that the inhabitants did not know its
termination. He reached a country called Karrikarri,
beyond which his guides refused to proceed,
and he was compelled of course to return; but it
will be evident to our readers that this country in
every direction is well worthy attention. Since it
is generally thought that both England and Ireland
N
N1v
266
would be benefited by emigration, we cannot doubt
but this thinly-peopled but abundant country
will be investigated more and more, for the purpose
of rendering it an extensive and wealthy colony;
and we quit it with the hope that such changes
may prove alike valuable to the natives and the
settlers.
Chap. II.
Babelmandel.—Barbara.—Socotora.—The people.—St.
Mary.—Bourbon.—Maurice.—Rodriguez.—Madagascar.
—Divisions.—Inhabitants.—Produce.—Animals.—
Islands of Comaro.—St. Helena, &c.—Annabona.—St.
Thomas.—Caracambo.—Fernandez Boo.—Cape Verd
Islands.—St. Jago, Mayo, and Togo.—The Canary Islands.
—People and Produce.—Madeira Islands.—Beauty and
Fruitfulness.—The people.—The Azores.—Their Discovery.
—Conclusion of the Work.
In order to render our account of the islands of
Africa perspicuous, and to offer the facts related in
that form most easily remembered, we beg the
reader to look at the accompanying map, as we
wish to examine the islands in regular succession,
as they lie near the coasts of that great peninsula.
We shall begin with those at the mouth of the Red
Sea, and proceed round by the Cape of Good
Hope, until we arrive at the Azores or Western
Isles.
The first that occurs is Babelmandel (or the
Port of Affliction), which lies in the middle of the
straits bearing its name, in the Red Sea; and being
only four miles on either side from Arabia and
Abyssinia, the ancient kings of Egypt used to
fortify this passage by a chain or boom, from the
island to either continent. It is five miles in circumference,N2
N2v
268
and thinly inhabited. Suachem, which
is near it, is somewhat larger, but neither important
nor remarkable.
Opposite to the kingdom of Adel (a country remarkable
for being the constant enemy of Abyssinia)
is the island of Barbara, the inhabitants of
which are Negroes, resembling the natives of Adel.
There is fine pasturage here, and the inhabitants
carry on considerable commerce with the Arabs.
Near to this is Socotora, discovered by the Portuguese,
and thought to be the Dioscarides of
Pliny. It is fifty leagues in circuit, has two fine
harbours, Benin and Cora, but its cities and towns
are spoken of very variously. The inhabitants are
of two sorts, being natives, and Bedouin Arabs.
Some of them are singularly handsome, more fair
than the Indians, and shaped like the Europeans.
The women are the chief agriculturists: they go
bareheaded, and wear a gown of camboline, or
goat’s hair dress, which hangs down in a train, and
is becoming, though very incommodious. They
have the singular custom of regarding it a duty to
relieve the dying by putting them out of their pain,
which is performed by administering a white liquid,
which exudes from a tree found on this island, and
not hitherto described, or even named, by writers
on the subject. It has been thought that the
natives were Christians, and converted by St. Thomas,
for they have altars and crosses, and observe
Lent; but it is certain they are idolaters also, as
N3r
269
they worship the sun and moon. Though living
on an island, they know little of navigation, and use
only flat-bottomed boats: their character is that of
being crafty and deceitful; but they treat their
women with great tenderness, and seclude them
from the eyes of strangers.
Near Socotori is a cluster of islands called The
Sisters: they are stocked with cattle, and abound
with grain and fruit trees.
We now arrive at the islands near Madagascar,
and first at that of St. Mary, remarkable
for having on every part of the coast quantities of
white coral, and various shells of the most beautiful
shape and colour: the island is full of springs,
and rich in its fertility. Large sugar-canes grow
here spontaneously, and the tobacco is equal to
that of America. Gums, resin, and ambergrise,
abound, and the cattle are excellent. The French
have a settlement here, and it happily protects the
island, which was formerly overrun by enemies.
The inhabitants call themselves Sons of Abraham,
and have a mixture of Judaism in their customs:
they live on good terms with the Christians,
but will on no account intermarry with them.
The island of Bourbon is also colonised by
France. It is well watered and healthy, though
remarkably hot, and before the French arrived
was almost a desert; it now abounds with tobacco,
aloes, pepper, &c., and the rivers are stocked with
fish. Land and sea tortoises abound, and the
N3
N3v
270
pork is particularly delicious, from the hogs being
fed on turtle. The woods produce timber fit for
the navy, and abound in beautiful birds; and there
is no reptile or beast on the island offensive to
man. Anthony Jameau, and six other Frenchmen,
with six Negroes, in 16541654, were the first inhabitants
of this island, which they found to be a paradise,
but forsook it for the pleasure of more extended
society, taking with them a valuable store, collected
in less than three years. It is now very populous
and valuable.
Maurice Island is healthy and pleasant, but the
soil far inferior to Bourbon; but, being inhabited by
the Dutch, is admirably cultivated. It is well fortified,
and very valuable to the country to which it
belongs, as affording a place of refreshment to their
ships on their way to the East Indies, being known
to them before they were in possession of the
Cape.
Rodriguez Island, and several others scattered
around Madagascar, are remarkable for producing
pearls: they are in possession of the Moors, who
traffic in these precious commodities to the continent.
Madagascar.—This noble island, one of the
largest in the world, is situated between 43 and
N4r
271
51 degrees east longitude, and between 10 and 26
south latitude. It is near a thousand miles long,
and between two and three hundred miles broad.
It lies about three hundred miles from the coast of
Africa, and between it and the continent the sea
rolls with great rapidity; but through this passage
all European ships sail to India, unless prevented
by remarkable storms.
Madagascar was discovered by the Portuguese in
15061506, but the French share the honour, and have
penetrated farther than either they or the Dutch.
Indeed they had there at one time a very flourishing
settlement; but having commenced hostilities
with a province called Lohavoits, and taken a number
of prisoners, and sold sixteen ladies as slaves, the
whole population conceived such decided hatred to
them, that a plan was laid for their destruction, and
not a single man escaped.
This island is divided into twenty-eight provinces,
and the inhabitants are Whites and Tawnies, with
some Negroes: their religions are Mahometan
and Pagan; but it is conjectured that there has
formerly been a settlement of Jews, as their sabbath
is observed, and many of the natives are acquainted
with the histories of Noah, Abraham, Moses, and
David; but they have no mosques or temples, and
their religious rites, such as sacrifices, are held in
any new built uninhabited house which may suit
their convenience. The people are governed by
a chief, called Voadziri, whose government is
N4
N4v
272
despotic; but he is subject to remonstrances from
his people, which he always listens to. In so large
a country many different tribes and different dispositions
must be expected, and the interior of
Madagascar is little known: the black population
are said to be quarrelsome and revengeful, great
robbers, and possessed with an implacable hatred
to the whites, whom they accuse of bewitching
them. They have long, black, curly hair, wear
garments made of the bark of a tree called faatastranon;
and use a wooden shield covered with the
skin of an ox, and a heavy dart, when they go to
battle.
The inhabitants called Zafecasimambans are
excessively ugly, and are all ombiasses or doctor:
they are held in a kind of slavery, but are expert
fishers, and also teach the young to read and write
in the Arabic language: there are others who are
well-looking and athletic, resembling the Arabs on
the continent.
This island abounds with quadrupeds, birds,
insects, and fish: great varieties of monkies and
baboons, small dogs, wild asses, and civet cats, are
found here; and a singular animal, called tretretretre,
the size of a two years’ old heifer, with a
round head, human countenance, and the hind parts
of a baboon. The natives are frightened at this
creature, and it also flies from man: it breeds in a
desert near the lake of Lippowari.
Scorpions, ear-wigs, bugs, and several other
hateful and hurtful creatures, peculiar to countries
of this description, are found here; together with
various serpents and noxious lizards. A sparkling
beetle and silk-worms abound, and the birds are
numerous and beautiful; but those amongst them
which we term domestic are much smaller than
ours. Iron, silver, and gold, are found in Madagascar:
the brooks are rich in crystals, topazes,
emeralds, eagle-stones, cornelians, and bloodstones:
they have many mineral springs, and some
fine rivers, which are infested with crocodiles.
They have six different kinds of honey; and in some
parts rice, yams, sugar-canes, and pulse are abundant.
The soil, like the inhabitants, is found different
in different countries; and the manner in
which their towns are built is likewise various,
according to the degree of civilisation attained.
Their plants and gums are numerous, and if they
had more knowledge of commerce would be better
known.
In this necessarily brief view more space cannot
be allotted, even to an article so interesting; we
shall therefore only add the lamentable fact, that
the natives are extremely superstitious, and particularly
given to believing in lucky and unlucky days,
and the children born at these latter periods (which
include nearly half the year) are obliged to be
exposed. It is said that slaves are frequently
N5
N5v
274
employed to save and bring up these children; for
the voice of nature will be stronger than the
law, when its dictates are so decidedly cruel and
ridiculous.
Marriage in this island is conducted in the usual
African manner on such occasions. Their funerals
are magnificent, and frequently accompanied by
the sacrifice of oxen, never by that of slaves, to
whom these people (with all their faults) are said
to be very kind, as is the general custom of the
East.
Between the north end of Madagascar and the
coast of Zanguebar lie the islands of Comaro, the
number of which is not ascertained. Malalia and
Johanna abound in cattle, Argazya is inhabited by
Moors, who are an intelligent people, trade with
Mozambique, and understand Portuguese as well
as Arabic, which they write and read with facility.
Their government is an aristocracy of ten lords,
whereas the two forenamed islands are governed by
a Sultan, the natives being Negro, and professing
Mahometanism.
East of Madagascar we find a number of small
islands marked in our maps, but they are hitherto
not described. North of the Cape of Good Hope
are three small isles, one remarkable for its rabbits,
the next for its deer, the third has no distinguishing
produce; and they are all desert as to the abode
of man.
Turning the Cape, we next come to St. Helena,
which is one thousand two hundred miles west of
the continent of Africa. This island is a rock
twenty-one miles in circumference, very high, and
accessible only in one place, where it is guarded
by a battery of guns. Though it appears a barren
rock, yet it is agreeably diversified by hills and
plains, gardens and orchards. Indian corn, figs,
plantains, bananas, kidney beans, and grapes
abound; but the first is liable to be eaten by the
rats which harbour in the rocks. There are views
in it as you ascend the higher parts extremely
picturesque; and the visits of the homeward-bound
Company’s ships give a pleasant variety to the
circle of society, which consists of about two hundred
families.
This island was discovered by the Portuguese on
the day of St. Helena’s festival; but they never made
any settlement. The Dutch took it in 16731673 by surprise;
but it was recovered by the English within
a year. All the past history of this remarkable
spot is, however, of no importance in comparison
with the circumstance of its having formed
for some years the prison, and is become now the
grave of Napoleon Buonaparte, who in 18161816, with
a few faithful friends and devoted attendants, was
sentenced to bid an eternal adieu to the world his
talents and ambition had embroiled. The tomb
where he reposes, in the higher part of the island,
shaded by willows, offers a subject of deep contemplationN6
N6v
276
and affecting interest to the visitors of
St. Helena; and those who blamed his conduct, or
suffered from his policy, now unite in giving a sigh
to the memory of a brave and talented man, who
had the power to have benefitted those whom he
injured beyond his own dominions, and who certainly
did improve the country he governed.
Ascension Isle was discovered by the Portuguese
on the day of the Ascension; but as there is not any
water nor grass on the island, neither they nor
any other people have considered it desirable to
make a settlement there. It has a good harbour,
where abundance of turtle may be found; a few
goats also find sustenance on the island.
St. Matthew’s Island, though much smaller than
the last, is better worth having; therefore the Portuguese
hold it, having been the first discoverers.
It has a fine rivulet, which branches into many
streams.
We now come to those islands nearer the Continent.
The first is Annabona, or Happy Year, so
called by the Portuguese, who discovered it on
new year’s day. It has two high mountains covered
with clouds, which occasion frequent rain, so that
the vallies are remarkably fruitful; and it also produces
excellent cotton.
Next comes St. Thomas, which is the principal
possession of the Portuguese on this coast. It stands
in the Ethiopic Gulf, and the equinoctial line passes
over it, dividing the town, and even the church; and
N7r
277
the climate is extremely unwholesome to Europeans,
who here seldom arrive to the age of fifty. Dead
bodies putrify so suddenly, they are obliged to lay
them in the earth as soon as life is extinct, and
diseases of various kinds abound so much, that
Admiral Verdoes lost above one thousand men
in five days, from the epidemic disorders of the
place.
The Island of St. Thomas is very well watered
with clear wholesome water, and in the centre is a
high mountain covered with wood and fruit-trees;
and, as the top is crowned with snow, a number of
rivulets are formed, which, in their descent, water
the sugar-cane plantations below. It abounds in
animals, and birds of beautiful plumage and melodious
song; and in the surrounding sea, as well as
the rivers, every diversity of fish is found in abundance.
In short, the place would be a paradise,
in its beauty and plenty, were it not for that insalubrity
which brings disease and death into this Eden.
Pasaoste, the capital, is fortified by stone ramparts,
and has a castle and three churches. It was
once taken by the States General, during the time
when a treaty was pending, under the command of
Admiral Jol, who sent great numbers of the inhabitants
home to Europe; so much did his troops
suffer from sickness, however, that the conquest
was soon abandoned altogether.
The Island of Caracambo is about 15′ north-
west of St. Thomas: it is inhabited by a wicked
N7v
278
and detestable race, alike deformed in mind and
body, and but little is known besides respecting it.
Prince’s Island, although only about forty miles
distant from that of St. Thomas, enjoys a fine
climate, is perfectly healthy, and covered with the
delicious fruits peculiar to the warm islands. It
has also fine palms, from which the natives make
wine: cotton and mandihoca abound, besides cattle
and fish. When the Portuguese first landed on
this island they found the natives all naked, except
the chief and his women. These females had
their heads crowned with flowers, carried a crook
in their hands, wore aprons and girdles of cotton,
and a cross hanging from their necks, intimating
their religious belief. They were found to be
Mulattoes or Portuguese by descent who had settled
there.
The Island of Fernandez Boo completes the
number in the Gulf or Bight of Benin. It is larger
than St. Thomas, but inferior in fertility; and the
natives are perfect savages; alike fierce, treacherous,
and inhospitable.
We next must consider the Cape Verd Islands,
so called from a cape of that name on the African
coast near the river Gambia. They were discovered
in 14601460 by the Portuguese, and are about
twenty in number; but several are merely barren
uninhabited rocks. St. Jago, Bravo, Fogo, Mayo,
Bonavista, Sal, St. Nicholas, St. Lucia, St. Vincent,
Santa Cruz, and St. Antonio, are the most considerable:
N8r
279
they lie about three hundred miles from the
continent, between 21° and 26° west long., and 14°
and 18° north lat. They are for the most part
very hot, and in some instances unhealthy, and
are inhabited by Europeans, or the descendants of
Europeans, and Negroes.
St. Jago is the residence of the Portuguese viceroy,
and the largest island, being one hundred and
fifty miles in circumference; also the most fruitful,
yet in parts it is barren and mountainous. Sugar,
cotton, wine, cocoa-nuts, oranges, and other fruits,
are its produce; but its best production is madder,
which is found abundantly in the cliffs. It abounds
in hogs and poultry, and has numerous small green
monkies with black faces, thought very pretty.
Mayo is remarkable for producing quantities of
salt, from which the English derive a considerable
trade, having a man-of-war stationed here to protect
the vessels that come for it, which are a
hundred or more: they are at no other expence
than a small fee to the governor, and the trouble
of raking the salt. The whole population of Mayo
is Negro.
The Island of Fogo is a volcano, and sometimes
tremendous in its explosions; that of Goree is very
small, and within cannon-shot of the shore. It is
a great convenience for those who trade to the
islands, and has therefore been warmly contested
by different nations, but has been for the most part
in possession of the English, with whom it remains.
The Canary, or Fortunate Islands, are our next
object: they are seven in number, and situated
between 13° and 20° west longitude, and between
27° and 29° north latitude. Some geographers
reckon fourteen of them; but seven
only are habitable, viz. Palma, Hiero, Gomera,
Teneriffe, Grand Canaria, Fuertiventura, and
Lancerota. The air here is temperate, the islands
abound in delicious fruit, particularly grapes, of
which excellent wine is made; and it is said, England
consumes ten thousand hogsheads of it annually.
All the islands abound with that beautiful
little bird which bears their name, but its note is
impaired by removal. Grand Canary, which gives
name to the whole, is about one hundred and fifty
miles in circumference, and is so fertile as to produce
two crops a year. Teneriffe is nearly as large
and fertile, but is encumbered by its mountains, of
which the Peak is much the largest. It is a volcano
of the sugar-loaf form, fifteen miles in circumference,
and has lately been ascertained to be
13,226 feet high, being formerly thought three
miles. The present natives are descended from
the Spanish settlers, and the Aborigines, on whom
the Spanish crown settled equal privileges; from
which wise and humane policy the happiest effects
have arisen. They are a superstitious but an
united people, and furnish the best soldiers Spain
can boast, and are remarkable for their health and
longevity. These islands were discovered and
N9r
281
planted by the Carthagiaians, but after the ruin of
that country were lost to the rest of the world,
until discovered in 14051405 by the Spaniards. They
resembled the Africans of Barbary when discovered,
but did not speak their language, nor retain their
customs, and were entirely ignorant of any country
being in existence beside their own.
St. Vincent is sandy and rocky, but it has a fine
bay surrounded with mountains, whence it is
deemed the safest harbour in the islands when once
entered, but the winds are tremendous along the
coast. St. Jago is much larger and more fruitful,
having plantains, citrons, musk and water melons,
guavas, pomegranates, custard-apples, and quinces,
with fowls and cattle, roots and fish. These
islands are indeed richly stored with all the means
of life, and the power of commerce.
We have now reached the Madeira Islands,
said to lie in a fine climate, in 32° 17′ north
latitude, and from 18° 30′ to 19° 30′ west
longitude; about one hundred miles from the
Canaries, and the same distance from Morocco.
The largest, from which the other two are named,
from being originally covered with wood, is one
hundred and eighty miles in circumference. It is
composed of one continued hill, running from east
to west, and the southern declivity is covered with
vineyards. Funchal, the only considerable town,
is on this side, and rising in the form of a crescent
presents a magnificent appearance to the vessels
N9v
282
which are approaching it. Above the town, the
prospect is enlivened by the country seats of the
merchants, and their surrounding plantations, and
that universal appearance of vegetable wealth which
renders the whole island a cornucopia, poured
spontaneously from the hand of nature.
The discovery of this island is imputed to the
Portuguese; but there is a tradition among the
natives, that an Englishman, named Machin, who
had eloped with a fair bride of immense wealth,
was driven by storms to this island. It is, however,
certain, that the Portuguese became its masters,
and have continued such since 14711471. On settling
there they divided the island into two provinces, Funchal
and Machico; and in order to clear the ground
set fire to a forest, which burnt with such fierceness
that the colonists were obliged to take refuge
in the sea, and had nearly perished before they
were taken up.
They say this fire burnt for seven years, and that
in consequence of the bed of soil thus produced, it
has become so singularly fruitful. Sugar-canes here,
Dr. Gourlay informs us, smell like violets, and fruits
of every kind are larger and finer flavoured than in
any other place. Innumerable cascades, deep gullies,
lofty precipices, and ravines containing torrents
of water, add to the beauty of this wonderful island,
and render it at once picturesque and magnificent.
Madeira is much troubled with the sirocco
winds, and subject to those dreadful hurricanes,
N10r
283
which is in the West India islands spread desolation,
in a few hours, where plenty had been lately
smiling. Within a few years a storm of this kind
destroyed a considerable part of the town, in which
three hundred lives were lost.
The lower order of the inhabitants are extremely
dark in their complexions, active, athletic,
sober, and well disposed; the upper ranks, indolent,
irritable, but of graceful manner. There
are several monasteries, in which their daughters
are immured, to swell the fortunes of their sons.
The wines of Madeira, particularly Malmsey,
have been long considered so excellent, that the
vines are now cultivated in preference to sugar;
yet that is so superior, that the finest sweetmeats
in the world are made here. The wine is much improved
by being exposed to the sun without the
bung, and a voyage to the East Indies is considered
to perfect it. No venomous animal can
live on this island. Of the others, one called Porto
Santo has a good harbour, and is frequented by
Indiamen, both outward and homeward bound: it
is eight miles in circumference, and very fertile;
the third, is a barren rock.
The concluding account of the African islands is
that of the Azores, situated between 25° and 32°
west long. and between 37° and 40° north
lat. They lie nine hundred miles west of Portugal,
and about the same distance from Newfoundland;
lying in this immense ocean midway between
N10v
284
Europe and America. They are nine in number,
namely, Santa Maria, St. Michael, Tercera, St.
George, Graciosa, Fayal, Pico, Flores, and Cervo.
They were discovered in the fifteenth century
by Joshua Vander Berg, a merchant of Bruges,
who, in a voyage to Lisbon, was driven to these
western islands by stress of weather. He found
them destitute of inhabitants, and called them
Flemish islands; but having on his arrival at
Lisbon boasted of his discovery, the Portuguese
immediately set sail, took possession, and have
ever since retained them. They have a serene sky,
pure air, and are fruitful in corn, wine, various
fruits, and excellent fish, and no poisonous animal
will live upon them; but they are subject to
earthquakes, and inundations from the sea. St.
Michael is the largest, being about one hundred
miles in circumference, and containing fifty thousand
inhabitants. In 16381638, a most terrible earthquake
shook this island for several days together;
and the inhabitants, abandoning their houses,
spent this dreadful time in the open fields. During
this period, a new island was observed, which threw
out such a quantity of pumice stones, that if the
wind had not sent them the contrary way, St.
Michael’s must have been completely overwhelmed
by them. During the reign of Queen Elizabeth this
island was twice taken and plundered by the English.
Tercera is considered the most important of the
western isles, on account of its fine harbour, which
N11r
285
is remarkably spacious and commodious. The
capital has a cathedral and five other churches,
and is the residence of the governor, and the
bishop of these islands.
Having now fulfilled the proposed survey of this
quarter of the globe, we cannot forbear to draw the
attention of our readers to the characteristic peculiarities
of the natives. We are aware, of course, that
they differ materially from each other; that some
countries are more civilised, some tribes less ferocious
than others; but yet, generally speaking, they
possess some customs common to all, and which
have a positive tendency to produce ferocious
cruelty in war, hard-heartedness and selfishness in
the social relations of life, sensuality, unkindness,
and injustice, in domestic intercourse.
The custom of buying and selling their fellow-
creatures, of witnessing unmoved the agonies of a
mother torn from her babes, or the daily personal
hardships of those wretched beings driven over
the scorching sands, in the want of every kind of
sustenance, at a first view offers an apparently
sufficient reason, why the African should grow up
to manhood with less of humanity in his nature
and habits than any other creature bearing the
form of man. Since, however, it is allowed by all
travellers, that slaves when once purchased are
either from policy or habit treated with generosity
and confidence, and admitted to more intimacy
than a state of servitude usually warrants in
N11v
286
Europe, (a slave being indeed much more interested
in the prosperity of his master than any
other servant can be,) we must look to another
cause for the fierceness, haughtiness, and obduracy,
common to the African character, together with
that peculiar deadness to intellectual pursuit, which
renders talent useless and taste unknown.
Surely it arises from his habit of regarding
women as slaves by nature not less than purchase;
of gratifying his worst passions by the purchase of
many wives, and stifling in his bosom all that better
affection which might lead him to respect as his
friend, or pity as his dependent, that creature whose
very love for him will ensure her misery if she is
forsaken, and whose children constitute a tie
between them alike holy and tender. In breaking
it he degrades his own nature, and stoops to all its
lowest propensities.
The supposition that where polygamy is general
women are reconciled to it and happy under it, is
proved to be false from the history of those courts
where it is practised, since every mother is found
plotting for her own children, and it therefore
becomes the fruitful source of rebellions, usurpations,
and murders. Mrs. Belzoni, who mixed
familiarly with the women of Egypt, describes the
feelings of the wives on these occasions as being
not less acute than those of an European would
be, and says that they become in consequence of
this suffering malevolent and ill-disposed, and are
N12r
287
always making parties among their own relations
to quarrel with those of the other wives, by which
means society is continually disturbed. It was her
opinion, that the Christian religion might be easily
propagated for that very reason; as the women
would embrace it, and teach it to their sons: in discoursing
on the subject, they always spoke of
polygamy as a wicked thing. In Bornou, Major
Denham was repeatedly told by the men, that
their women were all of opinion it was wrong to
have more than one wife; and he also says, that he
thinks Christianity might be easily propagated
among them, “because the men greatly dislike the
fast of the Rhamadan, which they consider very
burdensome, and the women altogether disapprove
of a plurality of wives.” Where the practice is
universal, the first wife may not feel wounded in
her pride, perhaps, but it is certain she is so in her
affections, for the human heart is every where the
same; and the woman who has been secluded
from all other men but her husband, and has concentered
all her admiration and wishes in him,
must feel with tenfold acuteness the loss of that
preference which once constituted her whole world
of pleasure and employment.
It is possible, that among the higher orders, in
very early life, the African lover (more especially
if an Arab) may treat his bride with due consideration,
during the time when he is charmed with
her beauty and novelty; but this will only last so
N12v
288
long as she is thus his object of admiration. The
deep interest, the affectionate respect, and tender
gratitude, due to the wife of many years, the
soother of many sorrows, the friend of various
circumstances, must under their system be utterly
unknown. Man is in every country, and under
every restriction, too much the slave of his senses,
to allow us to hope that he will forego his wishes
when law and custom authorise him to indulge
them; and the only opponent is a creature bound
to submit, and accustomed to obey; a being born
to serve him on earth, and unknown to him in
heaven, where creatures more fair and fascinating
will supply her place to the true believer in the
Koran.
From all the accounts we have yet received, the
women thus subjected are not in any degree mentally
inferior to their despotic lords; on the
contrary, we find, that in the most uncivilised states
they are lively, intelligent, and industrious, and exhibit
all the ingenuity which is found in the country.
They manage the agriculture, weave the clothing,
form the utensils, dress the food, and contrive the
ornaments from their warrior husbands, who seem to
have no other business than that of fighting. In
the more civilised states, and amongst a higher
class, their talents may be supposed to develope in
an extraordinary manner: if we may judge from the
grace and elegance of the Tunisian ladies, and
from the manner in which their sovereigns spend
O1r
289
their time, we may conclude their conversation to
be extremely attractive, since they supply to them
nearly their sole society.
To the kindly dispositions of the women of
Africa, even in their most barbarous and uncultivated
countries, every traveller bears witness;
their tender pity, their active benevolence, and generous
assistance, have repeatedly preserved the
lives of those who “were ready to perish,” and who
experienced no aid from their fellow-men, to be
compared with the solicitude and liberality of
woman. The unbounded regard which the most
savage evince for their mothers proves how well
those mothers have fulfilled their maternal duties.
Alas! in how many cases do they raise promising
families, of which the sons are destined to slaughter,
and their daughters to slavery. How often must
the heart of an African mother weep tears of blood,
as she looks forward to the hour when the creatures
beloved (perhaps the more entirely since their
father hath renounced her for another) shall be
scattered in far distant lands, to groan beneath a
tyranny unknown, and, therefore, deemed the more
terrific! As slavery is universally adopted in
Africa, and no business carried on without household
slaves, another proof is here afforded of the
naturally amiable tempers of the women, since it
is allowed that slaves are every where treated
kindly, and that they seem happy in their servitude,
except in cases where they have been torn
O
O1v
290
from their families, and driven far from their
children. One poor woman, returning from her
captivity, gave Major Denham a touching description
of her sufferings, when she was seized,
and the babe torn from her breast and left to
perish, whilst she was driven across the wide desert
to far distant slavery.
Who can contemplate these women without
earnestly desiring to see them in a far different
state? Who can withhold a prayer that the light of
Christianity should dawn on their darkness, and
its benignant influence ameliorate their condition?
Whatever may be the faults of those who profess
Christianity, it is yet to the merciful and liberal
spirit it has infused in the hearts of men, the knowledge
it has communicated, and the divine precepts
it has inculcated, that woman is indebted not only
for her equal hopes of immortality, (the highest
motive of human action,) but her situation in society
as a rational, virtuous, and trustworthy being, endowed
with equal, though not similar qualities to
her higher companion, and fitted to be his friend
on earth, and his partner in a happy eternity.
Short-sighted and weak, a deserter of herself
and her sex, must that woman be (however highly
gifted by nature, or informed by education,) who
does not hold her “Christian calling” as her highest
privilege, and its claims as her most sacred
duties; and if she is a mother, more especially
should she direct all the endearing influence of her
20
O2r
291
power, as such, to forming the characters of her
offspring by the rules of the Gospel, and imbuing
their minds with the faith of the Gospel.
In closing this work, which has been a task of
no light labour, and, therefore, liable to many inaccuracies
and deficiencies, the writer entreats those
readers who are well acquainted with the subject,
and, therefore, aware of its extent, to remember,
rather, how much information is collected and condensed,
than how much is unavoidably omitted.
Those readers to whom the subject is new are
requested to seek for further information in the excellent
authors mentioned from time to time in the
work, should leisure and inclination prompt them
to pursue such investigation, and, in the mean time,
they are assured that the present compilation will
neither deceive them as to facts, nor leave them
quite ignorant on any point of leading importance.
The End.
London:
Printed by A. & R. Spottiswood,
New-Street-Square.
Annotations
Textual note 1
The Strait of Gibraltar, which separates Africa from Europe,
is named by the latter, and therefore not recognized as
belonging to the former.
Go to note 1 in context.
Textual note 2
The avarice of a succeeding monarch removed the remains
of the conqueror into a coffin of glass, that he might appropriate
the gold.
Go to note 2 in context.
Textual note 3
Oxymundyas, a king of much higher antiquity, is considered
to be the Pharaoh of Moses.
Go to note 3 in context.
Textual note 4
Cleopatra was a name generally held by the queens of
Egypt, as Ptolemy was by their kings.
Go to note 4 in context.
Textual note 5
Some historians mention a younger brother who died
soon after her accession; others say she had only a sister
named Arsinoë.
Go to note 5 in context.
Textual note 6
We understand that Captain Beechey, whose work on the
subject is not in the press, has ascertained that the gardens
of the Hesperides, a subject of much disquisition, for many
centuries, among the learned, were in this vicinity.
Go to note 6 in context.
Textual note 8
Now in the possession of John Soane, Esq., and in his museum,
Lincoln’s Inn Fields.
Go to note 8 in context.
Textual note 9
Some of the bones were brought away by Colonel Fitzclarence,
and submitted to the examination of the College of
Surgeons.
Go to note 9 in context.
Textual note 10
It is frequently covered to a considerable extent with a
red fly or insect, which has probably given it this name.
Go to note 10 in context.
Textual note 11
Since these pages were written two of these extraordinary
animals have arrived in Europe, as presents to the kings of
England and France. One is now in the Jardin des Planies,
the other in Windsor Forest, in a building proper for its
residence.
Go to note 11 in context.
Textual note 12
A number of pilgrims or merchants, travelling together for
mutual protection, is alike called a Caravan.
Go to note 12 in context.
Textual note 16
It has been asserted that an English woman of high rank
and great beauty, whose sight was greatly impaired before her
death, injured her eyes by applying this deleterious powder
to them.
Go to note 16 in context.
Textual note 17
As a means of being chosen queen, she is said to have
sent for her only child, an infant son, whom she pounded
alive in a marble mortar, in the view of the whole army; but
we must own this account of the conduct of a woman of her
undoubted ability appears to us too monstrous to be believed.
Go to note 17 in context.
Textual note 18
Since writing the above, the melancholy news of Major
Laing’s death has reached this country. He appears to have
arrived at this celebrated place, and to have been murdered
by a party there, for the express purpose of keeping his countrymen
from venturing to follow his steps.
Go to note 18 in context.
Textual note 19
This information is of course given in the present work,
being wrought into the general description.
Go to note 19 in context.
Textual note 21
“Tombuctoo” is the generally received pronunciation, but
Mr. Jackson alters many names, he spells Morocco, “Murocco”,
&c. and has, undoubtedly, reason for the change.
Go to note 21 in context.
Textual note 22
Mumbo Jumbo had been already seen and spoken of by
the Portuguese travellers.
Go to note 22 in context.
Textual note 24
On reviewing this account of these his past sufferings,
together with those arising from heat, musquitoes, and the
loss of his beloved associates, and remembering that Major
Denham has returned to Bornou, we cannot help feeling
surprise and regret. Since this sheet went to press we have,
however, the great satisfaction of hearing that he has proceeded
hitherto in safety, and is prosecuting manfully the objects of his
expedition.
Go to note 24 in context.
Textual note 25
We cannot forbear to hope that this disgraceful diversion
will soon be confined to Kano, as it is happily declining here.
Go to note 25 in context.
Textual note 26
All his papers were destroyed by the natives from superstitious
motives.
Go to note 26 in context.
Textual note 27
See a very pleasant little book just published, called
Scenes and Occurrences in Albany and Caffer Land.
Go to note 27 in context.
Textual note 28
There is a considerable volcano in the island of Bourbon,
the light from which first led the French to visit and examine
it. They settled here after being expelled from Madagascar,
as it affords a convenient calling-place for ships going to or
coming from the East Indies.
Go to note 28 in context.